Get help from the best in academic writing.

Othello: Religious Motifs cheap mba definition essay help

Othello: Religious Motifs BY Cherrry678 Relationships in which people allow themselves to be manipulated through their weaknesses are truly flawed and have a great potential for failure. These relationships can become tainted by Jealousy and rumours nurtured by deceitful individuals. Such is the situation in Shakespeare’s Othello, which depicts the tragic downfall of an apparently perfect relationship.

Shakespeare uses images of heaven in the beginning of the play to emphasize the seemingly flawless love between Othello and Desdemona. Furthermore, as the play progresses, the Juxtaposition etween heaven and hell is used to represent the manipulative powers of Iago over Othello revealing the weaknesses of Desdemona and Othello’s relationship. As a result, the twisted heaven and hell imagery used near the end of Othello reflects the eventual break down of Othello and Desdemona’s marriage.

Thus, in Shakespeare’s Othello, the connotation of the religious motifs throughout are used to develop the idea that even the most loving couples have their flaws leaving them vulnerable to the destructive powers of Jealousy brought on by the manipulative influences of others, resulting in suspicion and ultimately betrayal. The seemingly perfect love between Othello and Desdemona is initially emphasized by Shakespeare’s use of heavenly images. Through images of heaven, Othello’s passionate love for Desdemona is revealed.

After being accused by Brabantio of using enchantments to win over his daughter’s love, Othello swears against it assuring their love is true: And till she come, as truly as to heaven I do confess the vices of my blood, So Justly to your grave ears I’ll present How did I thrive in this fair ladys love, And she in mine (1. 3. 122-126). Othello swears on heaven that his love for Desdemona and her love for him is not a esult of witchcraft, but the result of an honest love for one another. The image of heaven is used to emphasize that Othello believes that the love between him and Desdemona is as pure as heaven itself.

To call their love heavenly shows an exaggerated passion between the two further emphasizing the appearance of their perfect union. Similarly, Desdemona feels that the love between her and Othello is destined to be, and through Shakespeare’s use of divine imagery this point is emphasized. Upon arriving in Cyprus, Desdemona and Othello are reunited for the first time since their Journey: “The heavens forbid/ But that our loves and comforts hould increase/ Even as our days do grow”(2. 1. 190-192). For Desdemona to pray that nothing come between them and their eternal happiness shows a great deal of passion.

Furthermore, to believe that their love will only die if they die highlights the certainty in which Desdemona feels that their love is more than Just a coincidence, but rather fate itself. The intensity of Desdemona’s feelings for Othello adds to the idea that their marriage is ideal. Moreover, images of the soul illustrate Desdemona’s love and her willingness to risk her entire being to be with Othello. When confronted bout her love for Othello, Desdemona reveals that [her] heart’s subdued/ Even to the very quality of [her] lord. [She] saw Othello’s visage in his mind, Did [she her] soul and fortunes consecrate (1. . 250-254). “From the beginning, Desdemona has viewed love as a risk and challenge. She has violently uprooted herself from her father’s protection and the conventional expectations of Venetian society… “(Thomas Neely 96). Desdemona believes that a life full of risks and unknown dangers is worth living if she is by Othello’s side. This complete devotion of body and soul reveals Desdemona’s feelings of loyalty towards Othello. The rendering of her soul; her whole entire being, wholly to Othello emphasizes the impeccable love between the two of them.

Thus, through heavenly images the apparently perfect union between Desdemona and Othello is portrayed throughout the first scenes of the play. Despite the apparent perfect relationship between Othello and Desdemona, the flaws within their marriage are revealed through lagds manipulative powers as illustrated by the Juxtaposition of heaven and hell. Shakespeare uses lagds character to bring about the doubt in Othello and Desdemona’s perfect heavenly love through mages of hell. During his first soliloquy, part of lagds plan is revealed: “l have’t! It is engender’d! Hell and night/ Must bring this monstrous birth to the world’s light”(l . . 392-393). Desdemona and Othello’s relationship is represented as the good in the world; the light. For their relationship is that of perfection, they both love and trust each other with a deep passion. However, Iago is the opposite of this heavenly light and with him comes hell and corruption. When the characters meet, the sense of perfection is lost and human faults come into play. Furthermore, the Juxtaposition f heaven and hell illustrates that Iago is the tempter in Othello and Desdemona’s relationship. After giving Cassio advice on how to approach Othello regarding his job, Iago reveals his true plan: Divinity of hell!

When devils will the blackest sins put on, They do suggest at first with heavenly shows, AS I do now (2. 3. 321-324). By comparing himself to a devil that appears innocent, Iago is revealing his ability to deceive those around him with a fapde of kindness. “To interpret Iago as a devil in turn implies Iago is more than that: a fiend whose fiendishness remains unproven in [the] play… (Christofides 19). Furthermore, the contrast of the heaven and hell further highlights the Machiavellian nature of Iago that allows him to manipulate those around him without feeling remorse.

Consequently, Iago tricks Othello into believing he is an honest man, thus, giving him the ability to manipulate Othello. Moreover, there is a lack of trust between Othello and Desdemona which is made evident through comparisons to the devil. Clearly, Othello is suspicious of something when he accuses Desdemona’s hand of being “hot, hot, and moist” and require[ing] a sequester from liberty, fasting and prayer, uch castigation, exercise devout; For here’s a young and sweating devil here that commonly rebels (3. 4. 34-39).

By accusing Desdemona of having a moist hand, a symbol of amorous nature, he is accusing her of being unfaithful. Othello believes that Desdemona is a devil who needs to repent for the crimes she has committed against him. However, Othello has no proof that she has done any harm; he is simply accusing her based on lies told to absence of trust within their marriage. As a result, perverse images of heaven are used to show that lagds trickery has caused Othello to give up on those he loves. While Iago fills Othello’s head with lies of Desdemona and Cassio together, Othello comes to the conclusion that “… is true…. [and] [a]ll [Othellds] fond love thus doles] [he] blow to heaven. ‘ ‘Tis gone”(3. 3. 444-446). By believing what Iago says to be the truth in such a brash manner, a lack of confidence in Othello is revealed. This lack of confidence causes Othello to doubt other aspects of his life such as his relationship with Desdemona allowing Iago to further manipulate Othello. Therefore, Iago has the power to make Othello believe that Desdemona is being unfaithful to him thus, ausing Othello to lose all hope in his marriage. This loss of love is reflected through Othello’s loss of religion.

Therefore, lagds manipulative influences expose the true weaknesses within Othello and Desdemona’s relationship which is reflected through contrasting images of the divine and damned. Furthermore, due to their marriage’s weaknesses, the eventual breakdown of Othello and Desdemona’s relationship is reflected through twisted heaven and hell imagery. Through the ironic use of divine images it is shown that when he is overcome by Jealousy, Othello’s sense of Justice becomes twisted. When confronted by Emilia, Othello gives reason as to why he killed Desdemona: Cassio did top her.

Ask they husband else. O, I were damn’d beneath all depth in hell But what I did proceed upon Just grounds -ro this extremity (5. 2. 136-139). Othello’s sense of morality is corrupted; he believes that he is Justified in killing Desdemona because of her betrayal. “Here, Othello Judges on behalf of God… but, of course, the audience knows Desdemona has been misjudged, that the sword of justice should rightly 21) for Desdemona is innocent. Othello has been tricked by Iago into believing that he has the authority to choose what is right nd wrong.

He then uses this authority misguidedly, resulting in the breakdown of his character and eventually his relationship with Desdemona. Additionally, the ironic reference to damnation further depicts Just how twisted his morality is; for he believes that what he did was truly Just. Moreover, Shakespeare illustrates the contrast between Othello’s assumed morality and his true crime by once more using images of heaven and hell. After Desdemona is dead, her virtuous nature is compared to Othello’s: “O, the more angel she,] And you the blacker devil! “(5. 2. 130-131).

Othello lacks confidence within himself due to his differences, hich is emphasized through the use of a racial comment. However, these differences had meant nothing in the beginning, for the love between him and Desdemona was too strong. Consequently, Othello lets these differences get to him allowing Iago to manipulate him into losing the morality and honour he first possessed, reducing him to evil; a devil in comparison to Desdemona. Resulting in the further breakdown of Othello and Desdemona’s relationship. Ultimately, as a result of distrust and Jealousy Othello betrays Desdemona, as is depicted through the use of religious images.

Emilia reveals to Othello the true tragedy of his crime: “This deed of thine is no more worthy heaven/ Than thou wast worthy her”(5. 2. 160-161). Othello so overcome by Jealousy and anger is no longer associated with heavenly his entire marriage to Desdemona and ultimately leading to his betrayal of her. However, since Desdemona is still associated with heavenly images, it emphasizes her loyalty which in contrast further underlines Othello’s flaws and the tragedy of his betrayal. Thus, through twisted images of heaven and hell Othello’s betrayal of Desdemona and its consequential ruin of their relationship is portrayed.

The shift from positive to negative connotation of the religious motif throughout Othello is used to develop the idea that even the most loving couples can have their flaws manipulated by others allowing them to be overcome by Jealousy, resulting in a lack of trust and ultimately betrayal. In the beginning, heavenly images are used to illustrate an almost perfect love between Othello and Desdemona. Later, near the middle of Othello, the playwright uses contrasting images of heaven and hell to represent lagds manipulative powers over Othello revealing the flaws within Othello nd Desdemona’s relationship.

Thus, the ironic use of heaven and hell imagery near the end of the play mirrors the tragic breakdown of Othello and Desdemona’s marriage. Since relationships are not perfect they can become easily tainted when left to the deceitful will of others. For when people allow their weaknesses to rule over their lives true tragedy ensues. It is up to those individuals to decide whether or not to let the lies brought about by others to affect them or not. This is the decision that ultimately determines the strength of a relationship, not the number of flaws within it.

Sanlu essay help websites: essay help websites

Melamine is a chemical often used to manufacture a type of flame-retardant plastic, which is commonly used in the manufacture of countertops and dry-erase boards. Melamine is nitrogen-rich and is sometimes illegally added to food products to increase their protein level. Melamine is known to cause renal and urinary problems when it reacts with cyanotic acid in the body. If taken in a large quantity or over a prolonged period, melamine can damage urinary and reproductive systems.

The common symptoms of melamine poisoning are kidney stone and kidney failure. The use of melamine in food production is universally banned. By November 2008, China reported an estimated 300,000 victims, with six infants dying from kidney stones and other kidney damage, and an estimated 54,000 babies being hospitalized. As a result of the scandal, Sanlu was ordered to halt production, and to destroy all unsold and recalled products. As of December 24, 2008, Sanlu filed for bankruptcy.

Stakeholder Analysis The first primary social stakeholder in this case would be the company itself, Sanlu. It is a definitive stakeholder because it has high power, legitimacy, urgency ssential role in decision making and have the ability to guarantee the quality product which are safe for consumption. They also have high urgency as they must halt production and destroy all unsold and recalled products as quickly as possible when the scandal broke in order to avoid more victims.

The head office and all of its managers are supportive stakeholders as they are low on their potential for threat and are high on their potential for cooperation. Therefore, Sanlu should involve its top management in the problem-solving process. Another stakeholder that enefits from this situation are the suppliers who produce and provide melamine to Sanlu. This primary social stakeholder directly involves in this issue by selling melamine to Sanlu so it has high legitimacy. These suppliers are a contributing factor for the tragedy as they can choose to refuse providing melamine to Sanlu at first.

This proves that the suppliers have a high power and legitimacy as Sanlu will not be able to produce tainted milk powder without the material support from these suppliers. They also have high urgency since the decisions they make have large effects on Sanlu. Therefore, these suppliers can be classified as definitive stakeholders as they have high legitimacy, power and urgency. These suppliers are high on their potential for cooperation and low on their potential for threat as they will gain profits if Sanlu succeeds so they are supportive stakeholders.

Thus, Sanlu should involve them in resolving the scandal. The next primary social stakeholder would be the children whose parents purchase and feed them the tainted milk powder. Since the huge number of victims shocked the whole society and the scandal resulted in Sanlu’s ankruptcy, the children who suffer from the milk scandal have high power and legitimacy. These children also have high urgency as they sickened by the tainted milk powder and some of them even dead because of kidney failure.

These children however, have low proximity because they are from all parts of the country and it is difficult to determine the distance between them and Sanlu. Since they have high legitimacy, power and urgency, they can be classified as definitive stakeholders. Because this stakeholder has a high potential for cooperation and a low potential for hreat, it can be considered to be a supportive stakeholder. Thus, Sanlu should involve them in resolving the scandal. Sanlu’s employees are another example of a primary social stakeholder.

These employees have low power as they do not make the decisions. However, they have a direct stake in the company so they have high legitimacy. There is a bit of urgency because they are the employees so their needs matter to the company. There is also a close proximity because they work for the company. Thus, this stakeholder is a dependant stakeholder. This stakeholder has a igh potential for cooperation as if Sanlu go bankrupt they will lose their Jobs and a low potential for threat. Therefore, Sanlu should involve them in the problem-solving process.

State the Moral Problem in Complete Question Form Is it ethically permissible for Sanlu to add melamine into milk powder in order to increase its protein level given that: 1) Melamine is nitrogen-rich and is illegally added to food products to increase their protein level; 2) it enables Sanlu pay much fewer costs to achieve more benefits; 3) the actual protein level of milk powder is out nows the consequence of taking a large quantity of melamine; 5) it resulted in an estimated 300,000 victims, with six infants dying from kidney stones?

Characterize the Moral Problem What kind of Moral Problem is it? This type of moral problem is enterprises’ responsibilities for consumers. Sanlu should take care of their commitments which they mentioned in the contrasts as they gave the guarantee of their products’ quality safety, that they will inform its consumers about the product ingredients. In order to achieve protein level and meet he requirements of government, by evaluating the benefits and costs, Sanlu decided to add melamine into their products. In this way, they only need to pay much fewer costs to achieve the benefits.

However, this resulted in an estimated 300,000 victims, with six infants dying from kidney stones and other kidney damage, and an estimated 54,000 babies being hospitalized. It is nothing wrong with the pursuit of business-to- benefit. However, in the pursuit of efficiency at same time, there is one thing more important than efficiency, which is responsibility. A company with a conscience, in onsidering their own commercial interests, should take into account the interests of consumers, public influence and social responsibility.

For entrepreneurs, the moral does not exclude the self-interest, but they cannot hurt people for self-interest. Otherwise, they must assume the corresponding responsibility. Why Does the Problem Involve Ethics? This problem is definitely an ethical problem. First of all, the company should not do harm to society. However, Sanlu’s sale of contaminated milk was against Chinese Food Law and caused significant social health problems, making more than thirty housand infants suffer kidney stone illness.

Next in importance, honesty and responsibility are essential ethical values that a company should consider when make marketing strategies. In contrast, Sanlu did not stay honesty to the consumers and failed in assuming its corresponding responsibility. Besides, all companies should provide products which match the value they claim and be trustful in all situations and all time, but Sanlu did not fulfill such requirement. The value claimed by Sanlu for their products was nutrition and health, but the contaminated milk rought illness and pain to infants.

Culture and Gentrification admission college essay help: admission college essay help

Gentrification is a sensitive issue that brings different impacts to the people in a community. It is also taking over several neighborhoods in Queens and Brooklyn. These neighborhoods have undergone through gentrification for quite a long time to bring new people in. Others think this was good idea for the economic development while the residents feared that this could cause expensive housing, social out- casting, and loss of cultural value. Although change seems to be constant in this orld, but the changes that gentrification is bringing are not the changes that the people are looking forward to see.

One of the negative impacts of gentrification is the expensive housing. “Since 2000, average market rents have doubled in Greenpoint-Williamsburg, and rent stabilized tenants face increasing pressure from landlords looking to flip their apartments to the affluent young people now flooding the neighborhood” (Paul 188). Every neighborhood that is undergoing through gentrification has these landlords who are ffering higher rentals in order to drive out these longtime residents and gain more profit from the developers and new people.

These residents were left with no choice but to move out. These circumstances made them feel that gentrification is implying that they aren’t well of enough for their own neighborhood. When longtime residents are driven out from their apartments they felt the rise of social out-casting. “Since 2000, average rents have doubled in Williamsburg- Greenpoint and almost 40 percent of the Latino population has left the neighborhood ikely because of the housing costs (Paul 194). Due to the expensive rentals the residents were being displaced and some of them don’t even know where to go. Others are becoming homeless while the others are moving to more harmful places. Gentrification is putting a huge gap between low-income residents and the upper class people. As the upper class gets richer and richer, the low-income people stay the same. Gentrification is also making the community loss its cultural value. In Queens, Long Island City is the artistic community.

The landmark, 5 Pointz, was known as a anctuary of graffiti where artists from different parts of the globe were able to freely express themselves at the same time the viewers were able to appreciate them. “The building is expected to be replaced by two residential towers- one 41 stories and the other 47 stories tall (Murray, Owner of 5 Pointz: ‘l whitewashed the building to stop the torture)”. It was wiped out in order to make room for luxury condos; the people were saddened by the lost of a significant symbol of graffiti.

Teaching inquiry write essay help: write essay help

Teacher Inquiry Paper Through experiences this class has given me the opportunity to endure, I have learned many things that significant to becoming a teacher. Prior to this class I hadn’t thought much about the things that are important and the work it takes to become a teacher. One thing that really came to surface for me was that patience is absolutely key in teaching to special education students. Patience is important because all students learn at different paces. Other important virtues to go along with being patient are being flexible and open-minded.

This is important because while you may lan a day out to the second, more often than not, something goes wrong. In a time where something doesn’t go as expected, teachers need to stay calm and be open- minded to changes in their. Being flexible is Just as important because if your students do not understand the lesson or if you are having an off day with a student or multiple students, you need to adjust the schedule accordingly. The COEHS that stood out the most was Personal Philosophy. This states “the CSU teacher education student articulate a personal philosophy of teaching and learning that is grounded in theory and practice.

This is important to me because as a teacher, it is important to be consistent with your beliefs and philosophies. Learning in this class has provided me with experiences that I can use in the future when I become a teacher. This class has taught me how to be professional and the importance of becoming a teacher. Having to create a lesson plan and actually teach it to the class was an extremely helpful experience. Other projects, discussions, papers, and in class learning has taught me lots of information that is beneficial to students working to become a teacher.

Creating a lesson plan was stressful and time consuming. Taking the time creating a lesson for young students with special needs, you need to take account for the students different learning paces. For my lesson, we focused on a 3rd to 4th grade special education social studies. We went over cardinal directions and how to apply them to a map. We included a catchy song that would assist children in memorizing the cardinal directions. We also had some activities that let the students practice using the directions.

One activity was a worksheet with objects and the students had to participate and say what geological relevance one had to another. The other ctivity was a map of Ohio and its surrounding states, the students had to decide what states were North, South, East, or West neighbors of Ohio. We used different strategies when it came to our lesson plan. We made sure that we knew and understood the content we were teaching. Teaching as a professional, you should know the information you are teaching to your children. Teachers can be wrong sometimes, it is normal.

Teachers should also know the material incase of any questions that a student could ask. Another strategy we used was to look and research online. The song we used was found on YouTube. We talked to a well known special education teacher in Northeast Ohio. She helped us by critiquing our lesson to her previous plans and any additions that would make our lesson stronger. Our familiar with because it can be extremely helpful when it comes to teaching. Teaching the lesson was an great experience to get under my belt. I am never nervous about talking to an audience thought this was very different.

It is important to be interactive with your audience and make sure you have their attention during the entire lesson. One major challenge I faced with teaching and preparing this esson was to make sure we were taking every type of learning style and incorporating that into our lesson. It is important to include the different learning styles so that each student can learn the material to the best of their ability. We were successful with teaching our material to the class. Students got hands on experience which is beneficial and an easy way to learn.

I think we could of improved in more area, we could have been more energetic. Being nervous is normal but practice makes perfect. The lesson could have been different if it were in a classroom in front of children. I think that if it were in front of children, it would have lasted longer and been a whole different experience. College students know cardinal directions and maps, it is basic knowledge. Younger children who are shown directions for the first time would not grasp the concept as fast. It would take more time for the children to answer the questions.

Being in front of younger students would be a lot less stressful and you would have more confidence in yourself. Sometimes it is difficult presenting in front of your peers who Judge you and are aware of every mistake you make. Overall, preparing and teaching this material to someone who will listen and critique you have been a good learning experience. This class activity made me realize the extra work a teacher puts in throughout the year at home. Creating a lesson plan takes pride and extra effort but it helps students learn basic skills they will need.

I personally have been in a school system and taught younger students basic material throughout at six week period. This past years I had nine students. They ranged from the 3-5 grade, and all the students had some form of autism. This group of students were very high functioning and very smart. They were proficient readers for their age, were good in math, and had very good verbal skills. Some of the students would cause disruptions and act down to other students if they weren’t receiving the right amount of attention from staff.

It was a great experience and I’m glad I have field experience so I will be ready come time to geta full time Job. My school observation was also a great learning experience. I took notes and some things were ver obvious to me. When I got into the classroom I noticed that there was not one male staff, but only three female workers. The classroom had five male boys that ranged from 17-22. With no male staff members a restraint would be a difficult thing to do with adult men who are far stronger than the female workers. These boys would end their schooling at age 22 and go on to live in group homes, or with family.

The boys in this class consisted of four boys who were very low functioning and had no verbal skills and one high functioning boy who was well aware of his classmates and was the bully of the group. These boys were in the pre- vocational classroom which meant they would work on life skills such as cleaning, counting money, and hygiene. These boys had a Job stocking shelves at a local food market. To keep busy during the day these students would do enrichment activities which would help them get their brain started. They did things like match etiquette.

Observing this class was a great experience because I got to view from a teachers respective on how a smooth day would go and the things they would have in place to establish that. I also saw that they needed to be patient and flexible in case things didn’t go as scheduled. Teachers are very important people in this world that we rely on to teach us from childhood to adolescence. Teachers create the lawyers of the world, they create the presidents of the world, and the create the eople we grow up to be. Teachers need to do a lot of things to learn.

Teachers should continue their education throughout their lifetime to attain more information and better themselves so they can better the students they teach. Teachers should learn more about what they teach so they can expand their education to more extent lengths. They should also further their education in things that they don’t teach. It ultimately will make them smarter and give them a bigger window to assist students in things they need help on regardless of which subject. Teachers need to do a lot of things to plan. Teachers need to have a good planned schedule to assist them through the day.

These schedules don’t need to be straight down to the second but they should have a good estimate on how long each concept should take them. Teachers need to be flexible though and be ready for the unexpected. Lastly, teachers need to do a lot to teach their content effectively. Teachers need practice just like students do to master a concept. Teachers need to further their education and get more practice in teaching their material to people other than Just their students. Arguably, teachers could be considered the most important people in the world.

Biographical Sketch medical school essay help: medical school essay help

Thessalus and Draco Major University Affiliations: Asklepieion of Cos; and the Thracian Physian Herodicus of Selymbria. Historical Context: Hippocrates lived in an era called the Classical Period of ancient Greek history which was from around 500 to 336 BC. This was a period of great political and cultural advancement for Greece as it saw the development of a democratic system of government and the creation of philosophical schools on the intellectual front.

The early part from 461 to 429 was a time of Greek prosperity, under the rule of repeat elected statesman Pericles, called “the Golden Age” or the “Age of Pericles”. This was a time that visionary arts, literature, grandeur architecture, education and culture were venerated in Greece. Gods were worshiped, honoured, celebrated and thought to be the reason for victory in war, the answer to ill health, the cause of good health and the ones responsible for disease as a result of their displeasure with an individual.

Hippocrates’ Major Thoughts and Ideas in the Historical Context in which they Occur: Hippocrates single most important thought and idea was his conclusions that all disorders both mental and physical were as a esult of natural factors like inherited susceptibility to disease, organic injury, and an imbalance in bodily fluids, which at the time both disease and medical practices were purely based on the occult, superstition, beliefs, magic, supernatural forces and as a result of being in favour or not being in favour with the gods.

He also thought that humans comprise of the four elements; earth which was represented by black bile, air which was represented by yellow bile, fire which was represented by blood and water which was represented by phlegm. He associated an imbalance in these eing healthy. He also thought that the body had the ability to heal itself naturally and the doctor was responsible for facilitating this process focusing on treating the whole individual patient and not the disease while cures included rest, proper diet, exercise, fresh air, massage and baths.

He also thought that physicians should not charge patients who could not afford to pay. Hippocrates had these thoughts and ideas back in a time when such was unheard of as people heavily relied on magic, the occult and believed that being in favour with the gods as a result of the gods eing pleased with the celebrations and ceremonies performed in their honour. He separated the works of a doctor from that of a priest in a time when it was thought to be one of the same. He thought that through observation of the patient and his ailment and recording the symptoms he could systematically help treat the patient.

The Relation of Hippocrates Thoughts and Ideas to the Development of Psychology: Hippocrates was the first of his time to posit that thoughts, ideas and feelings all come from the brain and not the heart as believed in his time. He also believed in treating the whole being not Just the disease. He was of the belief that all pleasure came from the brain and that it was the brain that was responsible for human senses and the ability of human beings to distinguish things.

He claimed that fear, anxiety, deliriousness and other forms of mental disorders originate in the brain as a result of an imbalance of the elements, hot, cold, moist and dry and therefore this imbalance determines a person’s mental capacity and balancing out the imbalance would effectively treat the patient. Hippocrates also identified mental illnesses such as hysteria which he believed to be a disease caused by a wandering uterus, lthough it was refuted, it presented a biological explanation for mental illness. Hippocrates theory of the elements was later further developed by Galen into one of the first theories of personality.

My Reasons for Choosing Hippocrates: I chose Hippocrates because his contributions revolutionized the way we look at medicine, psychology and disease. His take on health is still very relevant to todays treatments. I am of the belief that his contributions made it possible for psychotherapy, homeopathic treatments and other alternative healthcare apart from contemporary medicine. Apart from all of this he as instrumental to categorizing disease and use terms such as acute, chronic, endemic, epidemic, exacerbation, relapse, resolution, crisis, paroxysm peak and convalescence.

A strong case for the equal rights of women computer science essay help: computer science essay help

A Strong Case for Equal Rights for Women The essay “from The Subjection of Women” by John Stuart Mill addresses the issue of the legality of equal rights of women, but is his argument presented in a way that convinces readers. Mill argues that inferiority of one sex to another should not be accepted as a natural state Just because it is the widely accepted social practice of the day. Additionally, Mill contends that inequalities among the sexes are holding back society.

The essay, although it has some fallacies, successfully argues for the qual and legal rights of women with its appeal to logic and emotion of the readers as well Mill’s respectful tone in addressing his audience. Mill’s use of logos presents a strong argument to the audience’s sense of reason. He presents several examples where previously accepted social ideas of inferiority are no longer accepted such as institution of slavery, medieval serfs, and England being ruled by a queen.

Mill points out that “[t]here was a time when the division of mankind into two classes, a small ne of masters and a numerous one of slaves, appeared, even to the most cultivated minds, to be a natural, and only the natural, condition of the human race”(261). England outlawed the institiution of slavery and did not accept it as a natural state almost a century before this essay was written. He is applying the state to why the legal subordination of women is thought of as a natural state. He also points to a similar system of medieval serfdom and how it is another system that was accepted at one time, but not today.

Also Mill points out how to many, having a queen rule the country is unnatural, but “[t]o Englishmen this does not seem in the least degree unnatural because they are used to it.. .”(Mill 262). His overall logical reasoning for not accepting a societal state as a definite natural state can be summed up by his observation “that unnatural generally means uncustomary, and that everything which is usual appears natural”(Mill 262). Mill reasons that the subjection of one sex to another is simply a widely accepted custom but not necessarily a natural state.

In an dditional appeal to the reasoning of the audience Mill questions the logical fairness in a legal system that would place an abused wife under the complete control of an abusive husband. At times Mill reaches an emotional appeal to the audience. When discussing an abused wife’s legal rights when confronting an abusive husband, Mill seems to use language to anger the readers sense of right wrong. He uses phrases such as “hardly ever dare” and “irrepressible indignation”(Mill 263). Mill seems to draw on the sentimental picture the reader might have imagined the perfectly raised oung lady.

The young lady would be a girl who was “brought up from the very earliest years in the belief that their idea of character is the very opposite to that of men”(Mill 264). Again Mill appeals to the reader’s sense of right and wrong by pointing out that women are mostly forced to remain silent on the issue. Mill states that society only allows women to share their opinion by writing, which he probably hopes will anger the reader. Mill addresses his audience with a respectful tone. He begins by explaining that the essay is not meant to argue with the reader but rather xplain his opinion and how he arrived at it.

He seems to also take respectful tone to women who may disagree with him by arguing that society is dictating their action play this role in the society by arguing that women cannot be blamed for using the only means available to them to better their lives. For example Mill states “all objects of social ambition, can in general be sought or obtained by her only through him, it would be a miracle if the object of being attractive to men had not become the polar star of feminine education and formation of character”(264).

It can infer that he respects the readers intelligence as he obviously expects the readers to reach the same conclusion as him. Even though Mill offered strong arguments, his essay is not without fallacies. Often Mill seems to be begging the question. For example he makes the assumption that all Englishmen having a queen rule is natural state. He also treats the idea that everyone believes all men are equal as a solid fact. Mill may also have a post hoc fallacy by asserting that societal rules have caused women’s actions nstead of considering other causes for the women’s actions.

Mill presents a successful argument for the equal legal rights of women. Even though Mill’s opinion may contain some logical fallacies he was still convincing in supporting his opinion that inequality is not a natural state that should be blindly accepted. His pathos, logos, and tone are used well to sway his audience to his side. Works Cited Mills, John Stuart. “from The Subjection of Women. ” Forming a Critical Perspective. Ed. Anne Spurlock, et al. Boston: Pearson, 2010. 261-265. Print.

Havisham hates descriptive essay help: descriptive essay help

She hates what she has become, she hates knowing that she still and always will have her maiden name, in fact the poet cleverly used the characters name in a way that it gives the reader an insight into the tone of the poem which is that of hatred nd revenge, had she written Miss Havisham this gives lightness, and happiness. This would give the poem a romantic feel. In the first stanza of the poem, we immediately learn about Miss Havisham through her honesty. She begins by telling the reader who is causing her pain and troubles. Beloved sweetheart bastard. ” The poet has began her poem with an oxymoron. She has used this technique to attract us and make us want to read more into the poem and to emphasise the contrast of her hectic feelings towards her ex-lover. This is also a very controversial ay to open the poem, this tells us what kind of person Miss Havisham is. The word “beloved” is telling the reader that she once loved the man. “sweetheart” is what loved ones call each other, and “bastard” is a violent offensive word.

The feel you get from the first sentence is as if youVe walked in on Miss Havisham having a breakdown. “not a day since then” The opening part of this sentence is still on the first line of the poem, reading this is giving a new more positive side to Miss Havisham. As she is writing down her memories of him then it all changes as we read on to the next line “l haven’t wished im dead. ” The man she once loved, she is wishing him dead. This describes Havisham as a heartless hurtful person.

To wish somebody dead is actually disturbing and not something a healthy person say or think, she however is not healthy, this is somebody who is not in the right state of mind ” prayed for it So hard ive dark green pebbles for eyes,” The colour green is usually associated with enw this is her telling the reader that she is Jealous of every happy person. Her dreams of marrying a man were destroyed so she wants to ruin everybody elses happiness. In the second stanza, Miss Havishams lonely theme is continued. “spinster. The one word sentence an unusual word to start a sentence or new stanza with. The word choice reminds me of a woman who is single but not available to marry, she had her chance but was passed by. “l stink and I remember. ” She has “whole days In bed cawing noooo at the wall;” The word “cawing” is very attractive and noticeable. The poet is comparing Havisham every time you think of a crow is not a happy thought its more likely when their s something bad Happening. Crows are seen as “Godess of war and death”.

The reader can imagine Havisham lying in bed lonely screaming and shouting as she remembers that day. She now has to face the same four walls for the rest of her days. ” my fluent tongue in its mouth in its ear then down till I suddenly bite awake. ” The mood changes in the poem before she was wanting to kill ever man she seen, she was angry, and bitter but she does have some good night sleeps, she dreams about his body on top of her and we know its her ex fianc© because she refers to him as “lost”. Its also interesting that she also refers her ex lover to a “body’, and not a person.

She mentions about sticking her tongue in “its” ear and mouth, as opposed to his ear and mouth, she depersonalises him, to her he is Just a body. The phrase “loves hate” are completely opposite of each other, this could be done for a reason to express the confusion Havisham is having between her hate for love, and drive for revenge. ” white veil” describes what she is wearing, relating it back to the theme of her wedding. “a red balloon bursting in my face. Bang. ” This is an interesting line as is creates different ideas of imagery.

Balloons are sually associated with parties and celebrations, this creates the impression that Havishams celebrations were destroyed like the burst balloon. It could also symbolise Havishams heart breaking and the continuing to break. “balloon bursting… Bang” this is alliteration, the repetition of the letter “b” gives a violent, harsh sound. “give me a male corpse for a long slow honeymoon. ” This is her being hyperbolic, does she really want to dead person to spend time with, maybe because she knows that he will and cant ever leave her. “b-b-b-breaks” This onomatopoeia is Havisham showing her emotional side.

In the final stanza she is breaking down, and crying. Although she is a sexual, Jealous and heartless woman the reader at this point feels sorry for her. Her heart is slowly breaking into pieces. Through out the poem, Duffy has re-created the character that Dicken’s began. Here, we get a more in-depth feeling to this very vulnerable and troubled woman. Duffy’s simple but complicated imagery establishes the mind set of Miss Havisham and makes the reader disturbed and uncomfortable. By the end of the poem we feel drained but in a satisfying way.

University of phoneix gp essay help: gp essay help

There is nothing that surprised me in the university of phoenix Code Of Conduct or the Student Code of Academic integrity. I am accustomed to having codes of conduct and codes of integrity. I have them at work even though they may be worded in a different what they all follow the same principles.

They all help guide us in to letting us know what is acceptable and what’s unacceptable to remind us that honesty and truth is important and to never take shortcuts, lie,cheat, or infringe on others rights bove all they tell us that every community ,school ,and workplace have a set of rules that should be respected to ensure that everyone has a safe environment . 2. I learned to be an ethical learner requires honesty. We should behave in an ethical manner and proper choices when doing our work.

Lying, cheating and dishonesty should never be accepted even if you are running behind in school cheating is not a choice. I also learned that by taking shortcuts and cheating, you could possibly get way with it in the end you are only cheating yourself and building up a poor character of yourself. Also by cheating you’re depriving yourself of the full learning experiences that you are paying for and by cheating yourself will make a bad habit and you will only hurt yourself down the road. 3. Even though they might be slightly different and worded in a different way, they all follow the same principles.

They all help guide us in to letting us know what is acceptable and not acceptable, to remind s that honesty and truth is important and to never take shortcuts, lie, cheat, or infringe on others rights. Above all they tell us that every community, school, and workplace have a set I learned that behavior in the learning community affects everyone around you, you should make mindful choices and respect others around you so that they will in turn also respect you. Both you you and your fellow classmates together can make a safer environment

Biblical biblical word study college admissions essay help: college admissions essay help

Biblical Word Study Liberty University This paper explores the Bible by thoroughly examining three words related to counseling and three words related to addiction. In addition, general biblical usage of the words are discussed and as the meaning and where the words are found in the Bible. Specifically, the words are explored in the Old Testament and New Testament. Finally, core biblical themes and personal views are explored. There are many themes and specific words in the Bible that can be applied to counseling-related words in addition to the exploration of 3 addiction-related words.

By discovering, where and how the words were used in the Old and New Testaments, I was able to decipher how the meanings changed over times and their sometimes diverse definitions. Biblical Words Related to Counseling Counsel The specific word, counsel, appears in the Bible 275 times and 8 different words in Hebrew that translate to counsel (Bible. org). The most common Hebrew counsel word used in the Old Testament is ©tsah, which, appears in the King James Version 88 times. The actual word is derived from the less used Hebrew word, ya ats that translates as “advise, counsel, consult,” (Vine, 2005).

Old Testament Usage of Counsel In addition, ya ats is also translated into English words such as advised, purposed, determined, counselor, and advice (blueletterbible. com). In scripture the advice meaning of counsel is used in Jdg 20:7 as “Behold, all you sons of Israel, give your advice and counsel here,” (NASB). In this case, the Israelites were supposed to speak up and decide what they wanted to do. Although typically advise and counsel are used in a positive contex, 2 Chronicles 22:3 shows that when the Ahazia is speaking the scripture declares “He followed in the footsteps of Ahab’s dynasty, for his mother ave him evil advice,” (NET).

In addition, counsel is also used as verb and typically associated with the military. In 2 Samual 15:12, Absalom was seeking advice and “sent for Ahtithopel the Gilonite, David’s counselor,” (NASB). In Numbers 31:16 counsel is used in the scripture “Behold, these caused the sons of Israel, through the counsel of Balaam, to trespass against the Lord in the mater of Peor, so the plague was among the congregation of the lord,” (NASB). In this case, the meaning of counsel is speech, or the word and does not necessarily mean advice like the English definition.

New Testament Usage of Counsel The word counsel appears less frequently in the New Testament, but is used in similar ways. Of the 3 different Greek words used to translate, the most commonly used word is boule. The word boule comes from a word meaning “a will” (Vine, 2005). In addition, it can mean a plan, purpose, and decide. When Joseph of Arimathea saw the murder of Christ, he went to Pilot to acquire the burial rights of his Lord because he “had not consented to the counsel and the deed,” (Luke 23:51 NASB) of the religious leaders involved.

In other scriptures boule is sed as the counsel of God in Luke 7:30 where “But the Pharisees and lawyers rejected the counsel of God against themselves, being not baptized of him,” (NIV). It is also similarly used in Acts 2:23 saying, “He was delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God,” (KJV). Wisdom Wisdom appears 234 times in 222 verses in the King James Version represented by several different Hebrew words. The most common Hebrew word that is used and translated into English is chakam. Chakam can be defined as to be wise, to become wise, act wisely, teach wisdom, instruct, and to deceive (blueletterbible. rg).

Old Testament Usage of Wisdom For example, in Exodus 1:10, the context of wisdom is used in the oppression by the new pharaoh: “Come, let us deal wisely with them, or else they will multiply and in the event of war, they will also Join themselves to those who hate us, and fght against us and depart from the land,” (NASB). Also in regards to wisdom, the Greek word “tem” is used as inner man, mind, will heart, and understanding (blueletterbible. org). In scripture, tem is used by addressing the skilled tabernacle workmen in Exodus 35:10, “And every wise hearted among you shall come, and make ll that the LORD hath commanded,” (NASB).

New Testament Usage of Wisdom In the New Testament, words like wisdom and wisely are translated from the Greek word “phronimos” (blueletterbible. org). It is translated to mean prudent, sensible, and wise (Vine, 2006). In Luke 1 :17, phronimos is used when the angel says “And he shall go before him in the spirit and power of Elias, to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the Just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord,” (NKJ). Throughout the New Testament, it appears hat wisdom is mostly referred to as something gained through life experiences or experiences from God.

It seems to also be implied that wisdom is the best in old age. Help The word help appears 147 times in 140 verses in the New American Standard Bible (blueletterbible. org). In Hebrew, the word y©shuw ‘ah, appears the most frequently in correspondence with verses about help. It used approximately 78 times in the Old Testament. The outline of biblical usage shows that salvation, deliverance, welfare, prosperity, deliverance, salvation, and victory are all possible usages of y©shuw’ah.

Old Testament Usage of Help The usage of help is present in Isaiah 49:8 when the servant of the Lord says “In a favorable time I have answered You, And in a day of salvation I have helped You; And I will keep You and give You for a covenant of the people, To restore the land, to make them inherit the desolate heritages,” (NASB). Help is also referred to in a military sense requesting parternship and assistance in a time of war. This is specifically used in the book Joshua declaring “Therefore Adoni-zedek king of Jerusalem sent word to Hoham king of Hebron and to Piram king of Jarmuth and to Japhia king of

Lachish and to Debir king of Eglon, saying, “Come up to me and help me, and let us attack Gibeon, for it has made peace with Joshua and with the sons of Israel,” (NASB). New Testament Usage of Help The Greek word parakl©tos translates into the English comforter, helper, or advocate (blueletterbible. org). In the Gospel of John, it is referenced that a helper would come after Jesus’ resurrection. Specifically, this reference is used in John 14:16, 26 with the scripture stating “And I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another helper, that he may abide with you for ever;….

But the comforter/advocate the spirit the holy, whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you,” (NASB). The helper from the Father. Wine The word wine in the Bible appears 262 times and in 237 verses in the New American Standard Bible (blueletterbible. org). There are several different words used for alcoholic beverage in Hebrew and at least 5 in Greek. Depending on the verse read, wine might be viewed as a blessing from God or beverage that can ben sinfully abused. Old Testament Usage of Wine

In Proverbs 23:20, drunkenness is viewed in the scripture stating “Do not Join those who drink too much wine or gorge themselves on meat, for drunkards and gluttons become poor, and drowsiness clothes them in rags,” (NASB). Similarly, in Isaiah 5:1 1, it is a sin to partake in drinking without respecting and thanking the Lord stating “Woe to those who rise early in the morning to run after their drinks, who stay up late at night till they are inflamed with wine. They have harps and lyres at their banquets, tambourines and flutes and wine, but they have no regard for the deeds of the LORD, o respect for the work of his hands,” (NASB).

New Testament Usage of Wine In the New Testament, it is common for wine to be used as medicine. This is evident in Luke 10:34 when ” He went to him and bandaged his wounds, having poured oil and wine on them. Then he put him on his own animal, brought him to an inn, and took care of him (NRSVY’. In addition, wine was used a stomach soother that one could easily administer to themselves. This concept appears in Timothy 5:23 stating “No longer drink only water, but take a little wine for the sake of your stomach and your frequent ailments. (NRSV) Desire

The Bible defines desire in a limited amount of ways. First, the Hebrew word avah, is used as incline, covet, wait longingly, wish, sigh, want, be greedy, and prefer (blueletterbible. org). Second, the Hebrew word Pal can be used in place of to ask, request, desire, pray, make petition, and to seek. God instilled desires in humans for endeavors, triumphs, and the pleasures He has gifted. However, some desires are destructive, and the Bible usually calls lusts. These desires are often shown as cravings for satisfaction of the physical appetites as in food, alcohol, sex, money, and pleasure.

Old Testament Usage of Desire After Adam and Eve’s creation, God put them in Eden and told them of their responsibilities. In Eden, God purposefully let them be exposed to desires and temptations of Satan. Desire is recognized, the fall of man, in Genesis 3:6 “When the woman saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was a delight to the eyes, and that the tree was desirable to make one wise, she took from its fruit and ate; and she gave also to her husband with her, and he ate (NASB) In addition, Satan is referenced again by desire in Genesis 4:7, the Lord says to Cain, “If you do well, will not your ountenance be lifted up?

And if you do not do well, sin is crouching at the door; and its desire is for you, but you must master it. ” (NASB). New Testament Usage of Desire Desire in the New Testament is represented in James 4:1-3. Although James does not give specific examples of desires in regards to what is causing the fights amongst Christians, it could represent a number of desires. In this case, desire could represent the desire to have one’s own way, desire for status, desire to make one look good, or the desire to get even. The desires are different and diverse but all derive rom Satan.

Restraint (blueletterbible. org). Similarly, self-control is the restraint over one’s emotions, actions, impulses, and desires. Self-control is a theme in the Bible and used frequently throughout. Old Testament Usage of Restraint In Proverbs 25:28, restraint is a theme by declaring, “like a city that is broken into and without walls is a man who has no control over his spirit,” (NASB). If a man has no self-control over his emotions or his will, he is defenseless. Self-control is essential for success and also plays a key role in forms of recovery. Core Biblical Themes

The core biblical themes in this word study were primarily temptation, self-control, and faith. Temptation ranged from the Old Testament and the New Testament, but represented the same thing: Satan. Satan is everywhere and is often masked by desires and temptations. It takes self-control and restraint to overcome the temptation, which, can only be done with faith. The word study counseling related words and addiction related words all tired into to each other nicely. Perhaps the most parallels were between desire and restraint. When one ignores restraint and self-discipline, they yield to their ccasionally selfish desires.

Fortunately, scripture is there to warn and guide those struggling with urges and lead them to a more righteous path. Personally, this was the most challenging assignment of my counseling career. Although most of the assignments I do at Liberty are related to the Bible, I have never done one quite as intense as this one. I learned more than I anticipated through this assignment and also made many connections between addiction and the Bible. I now know specifically where to turn to in the Bible when I reference addiction for my uture clients.

Music Observation Classroom my essay help uk: my essay help uk

I could have observed a 3rd grade music class but I icked kindergarten instead because I was more curious on how the younger kids reacted when there is music involved. I feel like the younger they are the more excited they get for things. The kids in this specific class have music once a week on Wednesday mornings. This classroom had 16 children in it, which I think is a good amount so everyone gets enough equal attention. The larger the class the less they get noticed and have one on one time with the teacher. Music in this school has changed drastically since I went there.

Starting with the act there is no actual classroom for music anymore it is now “traveling music. ” They said there weren’t enough classrooms for music to have its own, so now the teacher has her cart she wheels around all day. On the cart she has her keyboard, computer, work sheets, posters she temporarily hangs up with magnets and instruments the kids use like; tambourines, drum sticks, and triangles. On the computer she had were well behaved. To be honest I don’t think I am a fan of this concept. The kids don’t get a change of scenery and theyre stuck in the same classroom all day, specially since theyre so young.

The room they are in now though, is very colorful and alive. It is separated into sections and in each one they do different activities through out their day. As soon as she arrives in the classroom each time she told me that she starts the morning by singing each of their names and have them sing back to her. She does this as an exercise to get them worked up and catches all their attention. The lesson I was able to witness was adorable. She had a very high pitch voice, very hyper, and had the personality of a kid.

The theme for this entire month is Halloween and she says each time they meet they do something different related to the season/holiday coming up. When I was there they played dress up in a box of costumes she brought in. They were set up in groups of 4 but they had the opportunity to pick which they wanted to be. She had witches and warlocks, Disney princesses, animals, and super heroes. After they got dressed they sang songs and danced in a circle as a whole group, then they separated into what costumes they were in and made up a little skit sing drum sticks.

All the kids participated and once the skit was made up they had to put on a little show. By the time each group presented all the kids basically forgot what they made up and Just banged the sticks on the ground and giggled at each other. Mrs. Wineski never put them down for forgetting, she clapped and enjoyed each one equally with a warm smile. The goal of this activity was to use their imaginations and to have an open mind. Also, they used group work so working with one another is a big step in developmental learning.

The students loved every second of music class. Of course because they are so young at times they got side tracked but over the entire lesson Mrs. Wineski did with them she captured all of their attention. I lucked out with observing a tame group of kids. No one had to be put in “time out” or talked to. The younger the kids I always thought it was easier to get them interested and into the lesson but Mrs. Wineski showed that it was harder than that. She had the entire class time scheduled out and planned far in advance.

She has only been a teacher for 4 years so, she said verything she does she is still an experiment; how confortable she feels doing it and how the kids enjoy it. When I said that as soon as I met Mrs. Wineski she had me participating I wasn’t kidding. We both wore witches hats and she had me playing with them. I gained some useful knowledge that will come with me when I pursue becoming a teacher. First would be patience, and a whole lot of it. She was cool, calm, and collect. Many teachers IVe come across aren’t like that. They seem almost uncaring and Just there for a paycheck.

Those are the teachers who should not have a Job like this because teaching is much more than that. You impact the children’s lives and help shape who they grow up to be. I also learned that the crazier the lesson is the more fun they will have. Don’t stick to basic and boring and don’t be afraid to try something different. So, I went in looking to Just compare and contrast music vs. a regular kindergarten day and I ended up completely doing something different. I saw how music is really important for all kids. They need it in their life for many reasons. I observed how the lob.

Haitian Revolution write essay help: write essay help

A revolution is a forcible overthrow of a government or social order for a new system. One of the most important revolution is the American Revolution. The American Revolution was led by the “Sons of Liberty”. They were the most prominent men of Boston. Eventually, farmers and merchants Joined the revolution as well. All these men and women wanted political change. They wanted freedom from England. The Americans wanted to fight for equality and liberty. Another great revolutions that has happened was the Haitian Revolution.

At the ime Haiti was known as Saint-Domingue and was under the rule of the French. Saint- Domingue at the time was the richest colony in the West Indies. It produced sugar, coffee, cocoa, indigo, and tobacco. Their production was “driven by slave labor and enabled by fertile soil and ideal climate”. Saint-Domingue had a ten to one ratio. Ten being slaves and one being free people. The slaves of Saint-Domingue had to suffer more cruel conditions than the North American slaves. Simply because of the more harsh labors of being on a coffee sugar plantation.

The slaves desperately wanted freedom. In August 1791, more than one hundred thousand slaves revolted against the french. Their main reason to participate in this revolution was not Just for liberty, but for revenge as well. They wanted revenge for having to go through the enduring pain of being a slave. During the months of the revolution, the slaves would torch many sugar and coffee plantations. gaining their freedom. ” The convention abolished slavery throughout its Caribbean colonies and in 1795 granted former slaves full political rights. g 626)

Business Ethics free essay help online: free essay help online

BUSINESS ETHICS LEARNING PORTFOLIO 2011 This learning portfolio is a summary of my learning journey of Business ethics in last four months. It is a formal academic document prepared with diverse events that I have learned from all the resources in and around me. By writing and presenting this portfolio, I have achieved the unit outcomes of Business Ethics 657. Deepak Kuriacose Student ID: 14211825 Unit Coordinator: Dr . David Pick 23/05/2011 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Navigation page Structure of My Portfolio

My Portfolio structured in such a way that each chapter starts with a particular concept on Business ethics which is followed by a particular piece of evidence in the form of case study, picture, video ,news article and so on. After reading the concepts and cases, the chapter ends with a reflection and critical analysis and is written under the heading my observation and summary. Since my report contains a number of cases based on the business ethics concepts, I would like to call my work with a title: “Concept and Cases”. CONCEPT AND CASES CHAPTERS 1.

Introduction to business ethics 2. Ethical issues in business 3. Ethical theories and how to use them 4. Individual response to ethical issues; personal values 5. Individual response to ethical situation 6. Individual response to ethical issues; whistle blowing 7. Business response to Ethical Issues: Corporate social responsibility 8. Business response to Ethical issues: Sustainability 9. Business responses to ethical issues: ethical codes and standards 10. The International Context: Global and Local Values 11. Moral Leadership 12. Conclusion 2 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Contents

My portfolio on BUSINESS ETHICS ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 4 Concepts and Cases ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 5 Chapter 1………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 6 Introduction to Business Ethics…………………………………………………………………………………………….. Chapter 2…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 10 Ethical issues in business …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10 Chapter 3…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 13 Ethical theories and how to use them …………………………………………………………………………………. 3 Chapter 4…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 18 Individual response to ethical issues; personal values …………………………………………………………… 18 Chapter 5…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 20 The Ethical Categories……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 0 Chapter 6…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 22 Individual response to ethical issues; whistle blowing …………………………………………………………… 22 Chapter 7…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 24 Business response to Ethical Issues: Corporate social responsibility ……………………………………….. 4 Chapter 8…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 27 Business response to Ethical issues: Sustainability………………………………………………………………… 27 Chapter 9…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 31 Business responses to ethical issues: ethical codes and standards ………………………………………….. 1 Chapter 10…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 35 The International Context: Global and Local Values………………………………………………………………. 35 Chapter 11…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 38 Moral Leadership ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8 Chapter 12…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 40 Conclusion ………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………… 40 References ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 41 3 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio My portfolio on BUSINESS ETHICS Introduction

As portfolio as a good way of assessing my learning, I am looking forward to present a type of portfolio which covers my understanding of Business ethics with the help of my lecturer. I would like to present this academic paper with the aid of text book- „Business ethics and values? by Colin Fisher and Alan Lovell. I found the portfolio writing as a reliable source of learning method which will be helpful in my career. So my portfolio will show my encounters of various issues and cases during each week of my learning inside and outside the class. Thus I would like to call my report with a title called “Concepts and Cases”.

The process of creating my portfolio will be interesting journey if I add more real life cases after each week? s concepts. This report will cover 12 weeks of Business ethics seminar topics. The following are the main topics that we discussed in the lectures: 1. Introduction to business ethics 2. Ethical issues in business 3. Ethical theories and how to use them 4. Individual response to ethical issues; personal values 5. Individual response to ethical situation 6. Individual response to ethical issues; whistle blowing 7. Business response to Ethical Issues: Corporate social responsibility 8.

Business response to Ethical issues: Sustainability 9. Business responses to ethical issues: ethical codes and standards 10. The International Context: Global and Local Values 11. Moral Leadership 12. Conclusion Defining the primary audience of my portfolio The reflective journal element of my portfolio will help me to address my primary audience of portfolio, the lecture and the others I want to share, about my thoughts on each sessions of my learning. This flexible documentation of my learning by learning portfolio will be helpful to analyse thoughtfully and then collaborate and communicate that with my unit coordinator.

The feedback from my lecturer is important that it will furnish my ideas after each submission. So from the assessment point of view the primary audience of this is my Lecturer but a better presentation of my ideas may extend me beyond this unit. 4 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio What do I really mean by reflective writing to achieve my unit learning outcome? The whole 12 study weeks of our course, my lecturer covered 12 different topics related to the unit Business Ethics with an introduction to business ethics.

As I am not from a business background and not having any experience, it was relatively difficult for me to understand. The discussion and sharing of ideas with my friends in my class allowed me to go deep into the concept of Ethics. So as my unit coordinator said, it is my responsibility to monitor my learning with a habit of reflection as means of continuous learning. For this I have to plan, collect, select the content, reflect and analyse the cases to achieve my unit outline. By writing it and presenting it will give me a feeling that I have achieved the unit outcomes.

Concepts and Cases First of all, I would like to define a structure for my Portfolio. To my mind, as I said earlier Concepts and Cases would be a good title and the name itself will suggest the structure of my Portfolio. To address or to complete this unit successfully, I need to apply my thinking skills which is basically analytical skills to solve problems, information skills to invest new ideas, professional skills to work independently and as a team, share and accept valves the perspective of others all these will contribute to this portfolio: Concept And Cases.

The teaching resources and techniques used during the seminars helped me to understand these concepts clearly. The class room discussions helped me to reflect and think about the concepts. All these things are arranged in my portfolio with an orderly manner. 5 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Chapter 1 Introduction to Business Ethics Figure 1 “RIGHT WAY – WRONG WAY” Let me start the introduction of business ethics with a term called bribery. In simple words bribery is giving something such as money, offer or a promise to influence that persons view or conduct.

In business, to get a contract or for a new business deal people do bribery. Is it an unethical practise? There is only little point in telling at this point of time, what is ethically right or wrong, but as you go through the chapters the concepts will be clear. The essence or content of first week? s seminar was to understand basics of ethics and can be categorised as follows. ? ? ? ? ? Definition of ethics. How important is the study of ethics in business. Different perspectives on business ethics and values. How people should deal with the matters of ethics and morality.

Features stakeholder theory. Concepts Ethics is moral standard of a person on what is “right” and what is “wrong”. Business Ethics is the application of good and right or the study of practices and policies which are ethically “right” or “wrong” in business practises. (Jackson 1996,2). Why is it necessary? The business is something which busies one which such he or she should be responsible to them and to the society. This responsibility towards themselves and the society points out the importance of ethics. Thus understanding business ethics is so important that a person? 6 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio ethical stance awareness affects almost every decision in a business and its learning can avoid its executives from ethics related mistakes and coping better in crisis situation. (Fisher and Lovell). The people and organisation deals with the matters of ethics and morality by looking at stories – romances, tragedies, comedies and satires , each of them can represent different kinds of business ethics issues. (Fisher and Lovell 2006,3). These can consider as perspectives to look into an ethical issue and the case1. example should be able to make it clear. Stakeholder theory The stakeholder theory is a simplest way of finding how different people affected differently by same unethical action. In simple words responsibilities to stakeholders is a major theme in business ethics. This unfolds three different questions related to ethics. 1) What responsibilities or duty does an organisation be obliged to its stake holders? 2) How should an organisation decide its obligations between to two or more stakeholders, if their demands are incompatible? ) What will justify a group of people being regarded as a stakeholder in an organisation? (Fischer and Lovell 2006,17). By answering these questions is an attempt to solve the ethical issues in that particular organisation. Cases 1. 1 (News report) Ethical problems in Business can be in different forms as stated above, sometimes as romance, sometimes as tragedies, sometimes as comedies and sometimes as satires. (Fischer and Lovell 2006,3). The case below helped me to understand how an ethical issue turned to different forms as mentioned above.

The BBC news reported this incident with this heading: “The head of an Indian auction website has been arrested over the sale of video clips of two Delhi school students engaged in a sexual act. ” Courtesy: BBC NEWS (http://news. bbc. co. uk/2/hi/south_asia/4105753. stm). The company, Bazee. com, Indian version of eBay, put a video of an Indian Girl engaged in a sexual act on sale and resulted into an uproar in India against the company. The boy who took the video and sold it the company was taken to juvenile court and the company CEO Mr. Avnish Bajaj, US citizen, was arrested.

Thus a mild comic event within the company turned to tragedy or a tale of prosperity for a time turn to misery. Then all dramas started with Indian Software industry association and American State Secretary Mrs. Condoleesa Rice called for immediate release for Mr. Bajaj and the whole issue turned to 7 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio humiliation on an American citizen. Now the issue turned to an issue between the two countries. In the light of the above case one thing is clear, stories can be used as a mechanism to understand the issues and insightful knowledge of such situations can avoid to these bad endings.

Thus a comedy turned into tragedy because of improper ethical management and a proper one can avoid these issues. Case 1. 2 (News report) “Bad management’ led to BP disaster” Courtesy: BBC NEWS (http://www. bbc. co. uk/news/world-us-canada-12124830) After the oil spill disaster in gulf of Mexico, BP? s CEO Tony said “this was not our accident” and started blaming their stakeholders who did the concrete encasement in the rig as real culprits. Who is the real culprit, the company or the stake holders? I strongly believe that the incident was the result of strong unethical guidance or mismanagement from the company not its stakeholders.

Modern ethical theory emphasise the importance of stakeholders, in this case stake holders includes internal stakeholders such as management, shareholders and employees and external stakeholders such as nearby fishers, residents who rely on tourism, wildlife and so on. By looking deep into the issue, BP has hurt all of its stakeholders, internal stake holders and external stakeholders due to bad management. So company? s responsibility to its stakeholders is a major theme in Business Ethics. Observation and Summary The bribery mentioned in introduction is just one among a number of unethical practises.

The point whether bribery is ethical or unethical depends on the individual. The above journal addresses the issue of bribery in international business. The multinational companies pay bribes to win contracts, reduce import duties, or receive favourable interpretations. The research paper on bribery in international business says that bribery is accepted as a part of doing business when it cross boundary (international) whereas in domestic business it is not acceptable practise . This shows that bribery is ethical in international business but unethical in domestic business (Baughn et al. 010,91). The original intention behind that will justify the 8 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio action and so what is right and what is wrong depends on that individual. Thus ethical issues are not easy to categorise. Integrity is another important concept which needs to be understood while discussing about business ethics. In case 1. 1 the company? s decision to sell the video under Indian scenario was completely against the cultural integrity of that nation. Such an issue affected the whole reputation of the company in India. Case 2. 2, BP? bad management and blaming the stakeholders with little insight badly affected the reputation. The integrity within the organisational life can be navigated and negotiated through dialogues, reflections, learning, tolerance and wisdom. (Fisher and Lovell 2006,33). 9 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Chapter 2 Ethical issues in business Figure 2 : Integrity, Commitment and Truth in business and management In week 2, we mainly discussed about the ethical and moral issues in the field of management, business and organisation. The main term that arises when we deal with ethical issues is „Good? and „Bad?.

In this part of my portfolio, I am trying to address this issue of what is good business practice and what is bad business practise. Concepts Two dimensions of Ethics are mentioned in this part one is good and bad and other is under the heading legal, illegal and just. Good and bad Morality is defined as a concern for justice which is to prevent wrongs and making restitution if the wrongs are done. (Greenberg and Ackoff 2011,5) . Morality differs by culture but ethics applies to everyone. For example, cheating is immoral in some culture but there are cultures like American Indian tribes it is moral.

I think, morality is a personal character where as ethics more concerned about society. (Greenberg and Ackoff 2011,5) . A best example to differentiate moral and ethics is to consider a criminal lawyer. A criminal lawyer though his personnel moral code finds murder as an immoral action but his ethics demands him to defend his accused client as strongly as possible. Degree of morality defines the whether the action is good or bad. 10 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Legal, illegal and just Following combinations of legality and justice are identified: ? ? ? ? Actions that are good and legal but not a legal obligation.

Actions those are wrong and illegal. Actions those are legal but not necessarily just. Actions that are just but illegal. These above patterns can be easily identified by looking into the different ethical issues around us. Many of the issues are morally wrong but ethically correct. The following case example helps to understand more about moral and ethics. Case 2. 1- Legal, but a not a legal obligation “Africa Aids drug trade dispute ends” Courtesy: BBC News (http://news. bbc. co. uk/2/hi/africa/450942. stm) The following is a drug issue happened in South Africa.

BBC reported the issue with the heading which is a great dispute between the drug companies and the South African government at the time of crisis. From the company? s point of view, they have the patent rights and can charge heavily on those drugs. The company argued that they channel most of the money for research and it is not affordable to sell the drugs at lower costs. On the other hand South African government proposed new law that would allow cheaper drug import. Here the action from the company is legal as they have the patent rights, but morally it? s not justice to the sick people of South Africa.

This case is come under social responsibility which is one of the varieties of business ethics issue. The company more than a business firm should act responsibly for the well being of the society. Case 2-illegal (News Report) “People were running past me screaming ‘Free money! Free money! ‘. ” Courtesy BBC News ( http://www. news. com. au/money/banking/computer-glitch-hits-cba-customers/storye6frfmcr-1226014261756) 11 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio 100 of people in Sydney collected free cash from ATM and those who got the free money twitted and texted to their friends.

Is that a type of stealing or fraud? Police said that those who owned would be traced and could face up to 10 years jail for fraud. During the discussion inside the class on this case, one student raised a question of why is it considered as an unethical behaviour? The student said, “That? s not my fault, its Banks fault”. The case clearly suggests the people behave unethically when they think that it is not noticeable. The people who rushed to that ATM knew that what they are doing is illegal but they may well be justified by saying that it? s not their problem.

Thus the incident comes under the category of actions that are just but illegal. Observation and summary It is observed from the light of case examples many of the issues that cause difficulties and controversies in the business and the organisation are arguably wrong but legal. Here in Case 1. 2 drug dispute is caused by social irresponsibility of the company. They are legal in all perspectives except social responsibility. Ethically the company is wrong but morally they are right. The Case 1. 2 is a clear case of ignoring or disregarding the rights of others.

The people collected the money which is illegal which can be called as lying or dishonesty. So ethical issues arise on under each of these cases shows things that the law allows might not be right. 12 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Chapter 3 Ethical theories and how to use them The week 3 started with discussions regarding sense making and frame analysis, two individual concepts which are important in formulating ethical theories and also four approaches to ethical theory. (Weick, K. E. 2001,making Sense of the organisation Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. ).

Figure 3 : Process of making sense of an issue Concepts Sense Making was introduce by Weick, is a process by which different perspective of an issue is analysed and making a sense about that issue. Framing is another process closely to sense making mostly used to analyse controversial issues in an organisation or a business by focussing on multiple issues related to it. Sense making and frame analysis both are individual concepts but closely related. By framing an issue we can uncover and challenge the sense making which is employed in business to justify their behaviour.

The four ethical theories based on a framework are stated below and the task what i am going to do in this session to compare and contrast. ? ? Virtue Ethics Deontological ethics 13 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio ? ? Ethical learning and growth Teleological ethics 1. Virtue Ethics I am starting with virtue ethics which has been very important in Business. Virtues are qualities of an individual to lead a good, noble, or happy life. Charity is a good example for a virtue. Being a Christian, Charity is one important virtue i have learned from my society.

This is highly individual and varies from person to person. Virtue ethics is a personal principle based on perspective which is not affected by any other people involved. Virtue Ethicists also give importance to intuitions and emotions. ( Domenec 2009,88) Aristotle? s thought is often considered as the base of virtue ethics. His thoughts are often considered as an essential ingredient for personal happiness. (Fisher and Lovell 2006) It emphasizes mostly on human dignity. It differs from person to person; some examples are courage, selfcontrol, liberality, patience, amiable, truthfulness, witty and so on.

Here each person is seen as a social being with intrinsic character and interdependence existence. In the light of all the above comments on the virtue ethics, if practised, virtue ethics offers an individual to make the right decision in any complex ethical situation. A real life case example will make these moral virtues more clear. The restaurant in which i am working as a manager is open at late nights and managing late have to serve drunken customers. The question is in such situation what virtue should manager show to the customer. According to Aristotle? moral virtue together with the concept of the customer always right will make me to face the situation with the virtue of patience by suppressing the irascibility. The customer on the other hand without self control may act greedily. Here patience showed to the customer is the virtue. 2. Deontological Ethics Deontological ethics is guided by universal principles of doing right thing which is irrespective of its effect on doers and receivers (Fisher and Lovell 2006, 109). Kant? s ethical philosophy on deontological ethics argued the importance of moral requirements and suggested a concept of categorical imperative.

Categorical Imperative = Categorical means unconditional + imperative means command. Thus Kant? s categorical imperative refers to command or principle that must be 14 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio obeyed without any exception. (Fisher and Lovell 2006) The Ten Commandments in Old Testament is an example for categorical imperative. It proposes a theory in which everyone in world should follow. The universal Declaration of human rights is an example for deontological ethics in which they declared common standard for all people and all nations. . Ethical Learning and growth Ethical Learning and growth which is on the right of the quadrant focussed on policy based ethical approach encouraging people and organisations to learn and decide themselves to act ethically . (Fisher and Lovell 2006,119). Communitarianism and Egoism are two related themes under this quadrant. Egosim is nothing but an individual or an organisation changes their conduct by rational calculation of one? s own interest. ( Fisher and Lovell 2006,121). Here self interest must be pursued within the law.

Buyers and suppliers with opposing interest is an example for egoism with buyers want the lowest price and suppliers want the highest price. There is no right price, the buyer and the seller argue for their own reasons Communitarianism is an approach in ethics argues that people are social beings and they can grow and develop only through communities. (Fisher and Lovell 2006,122). The ethical learning and growth happen in these groups in places like churches, association, clubs and so on. 4. Teleological ethics The goodness of an action is only judged by its consequences not by its action. Fisher and Lovell 2006,125). Discourse ethics and utilitarianism are two other approaches one deals with debating to find the resolution where as other one arrives in decision according to the situation for an ethical issue. 15 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Case 1 Case Study to compare and contrast Virtue ethics and deontological ethics “Child Labour in factories in developing countries from two different perspectives” In order to produce cheap products, the multinational companies use child labour which became an international issue in the 1990? s.

The united nations convention on the rights of the child, and the international labour organisation„s declaration on fundamental Principles and rights at work( United nations 1989) condemn the use of child labour. Many of the international brands such as Nike, adidas have been subjected to public campaigns and scrutiny for employing children less than 14 years of age. Observation and summary The above case is a clear case of social responsibility that we discussed in last chapter. At Virtue Ethics context each child should entitle to get basic education till the age of 16.

Companies by employing these kids below 14 years of age denying the right of education by showing money and job. Thus virtue of knowledge denial is espoused in this case. Deontological ethics which is based on universal rights forced these companies and the government to introduce more stringent policy on employment age. Thus deontology is standard of doing the right thing with obligation. Thus Kant? s philosophy of universal ethics was carried out on the basis of United Nations rule. Teleological ethical view fundamentally makes decision on the basis of majority of satisfiers.

The common good is worked out through shared experience. These four ethical theories can be evaluated through framework by asking questions on proposed decision and plan of action based on positive and negative scores. If any item scores positive – accept the decision and reject the items with negative points. By looking into these ethical theories, it is quite clear that there are number of ways to tackle an issue. Concentrating on developing people„s moral values in decision making is one way of tackling. Virtue based ethical behaviour is one focus on moral values.

Looking business as a collective learning platform will build people? s ethical behaviour, for instance the behaviour development when people comes in social activities like clubs, sports which is more important than pre-packaged learning solutions. Applying sound moral principles from 16 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio the light of experience of people and universality of standing ethically will also help to tackle the problems. To conclude this, a broader view is essential to tackle ethical issues in a business and one who is broader in decision will be successful in the end. 17 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Chapter 4

Individual response to ethical issues; personal values Figure 4 : Values, attitudes, beliefs and culture closely related terms Concepts Value, Attitudes and Beliefs Definitions in my words, the values are behavioural aspect of an individual or an organisation whereas attitudes are evaluation of particular things such as people, things, and places. A belief is an acceptance of something is true or not. Christian belief of Heaven and Hell is an example for belief. (Fisher and Lovell 2006) . Values and managerial behaviours can be divided under four main categories. 1. Prophets 2. Quietist 3. Subjectivist 4. Rhetorician

Prophets: They are managers always get focussed on their job and dictating others to think the way they think. We can call them as thinkers, who focussed on future consequences. Quietist: They are people always go with the flow. Never bothered about what others are doing. 18 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Subjectivist: They are doubters and question constantly. They are quiet annoying in most of the situations. Rhetorician: They never want to lose their side and enjoy debate to stay in the game. Observation and Summary In this part as a point of reflecting on the above concepts 2 main questions are raised in my mind. ) How values will emerge in an organisation? Values will emerge by sense making. There will be always a dispute between whether one should go for values or not. Enron executives justified their behaviour leaving behind many of the workers without pension and remuneration. The company collapsed mainly because of the behaviour executives drove the stock price up for making personal wealth. But the company justified their action by saying they did the tax evasion to save the company and it went other way around. They try to justify themselves by this type of sense making.

Thus people do change their values by sense making. On the other hand, ethically behaving companies set their values prior to their operation and work with the awareness of values. 2) What type of Managerial behaviour I have? I personally feel, my managerial behaviour is a combination of all. Each behaviour pattern has its own limitations, for instance, a prophet never pay attention to questioning voices which is not an ethical character. One should be open minded to get the ideas from the people and the good manager is one who implement the best out of it.

At times, quietist behaviour comes prominent in my management style. This disengagement character always helps me to stay away from unethical behaviour. For example, in a work atmosphere commenting negatively on senior managers and their policies may ruin the harmony but quietist nature always help me to work without bother about what? s happening around. So a balancer who has got all 4 above stances can be a good management style. Thus thinking into these 4 stances will be helpful for me in decision making. 19 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Chapter 5 The Ethical Categories

Concepts There are eight main ethical categories of responses and are as follows. 1. Ethical neutrality – people put ethical issues into this category when they say that nothing should be done about an issue that troubles them. 2. Ethical awareness – people feel uncomfortable with an action because it somehow offends their instinctively held values. 3. Ethical convention – it is thought that an issue can best be resolved through applying accepted norms. 4. Ethical puzzle – the issue is placed within a coherent moral framework and ignores the demands of alternative values and perspectives. . Ethical problem – the main characteristic of a problem is that there is no „one right answer?. 6. Ethical dilemma – involves difficult or unpleasant choices. Making a choice according to one set of rules or norms will break another set. 7. Ethical cynicism and caprice – all ethical issues will be resolved through meeting private and personal interests of those involved. 8. Ethical negotiation – searching for consensus or compromise between different positions. It is not about the rightness of a decision but with the correctness of the process used.

Case Study Attempt to explain these categories through Case Study (Harvard business review) “Fat Chance” by Bronwyn Fryer and Julia Kirby Summary of the case Sid Shawn is an employee of NMO financial services and a mainstay of the pension marketing group. He is an above average performer, good and consistent in his job. He is an invaluable resource for the sales people and consultants. He weighs 400 pounds. His manager Bill was doubtful about his capability a new position of consultant relations manager, sales 20 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio and marketing.

Could he keep up with the job? s physical demands and fast pace? Bill started thinking of taking tough hiring decision. Observation and summary If Bill hire Sid for the new position by keeping quiet without considering obesity factor , then it come under the ethical category of ethical neutrality. Ethical awareness comes into action, if Bill conveys the truth and concerns about the new position to Sid and taking action with justice to Sid. The fast paced jobs need physical demands and if Bill apply the norms and conventions, then his response will come under Ethical conventions.

If bill stick to the rule that the job should go to the most experienced internal candidate by sticking to the policies, rules and procedures, the response will come under Ethical puzzle. Thus first four ethical categories of responses are most evident in this case example. It is evident from these stances that people may take different stances on an issue, depending on their conscience, ethical reasoning, perceptions of others and their actions. The choice of stance, for instance in the case of Bill will affect by conscience and perceptions of others, will vary from situations.

In order to take a good ethical decision we should be aware of best ethical stance suitable for that situation. 21 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Chapter 6 Individual response to ethical issues; whistle blowing Identify the Whistle blower Figure 5 : Whistle Blowers: a person who tells the public or someone in authority about alleged dishonest or illegal activities … Case 1 I am in a team and a player on my side fouls a player on the opposition, but the referee missed the incident. However one of my team mates brings the foul to the attention of the referee.

Case 2 Working in a company and a fellow employee releases a life threatening practise within the company to the press. The two cases mentioned above are related to whistle blowing under two different scenarios. Whistle blowing is defined as reporting of misconduct or potential harm or failure from within an organisation or after separation from it. (Grace and Cohen 2005). The whistle blowers often treated very badly in organisations and society. (Fisher and Lovell 2006, 263) Six conditions to justify the act of Whistle blowing 1. A product or policy of a business has the potential to do harm.

For example, Enron executive Sherron Watkinson alerted the CEO on corruption and tax evasion and de promoted from her position 2. The concerned employee should report the facts as they are known to their supervisor. 22 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio 3. If their supervisor fails to act then the employee should take the matter to senior management and ensure that all internal processes have been exhausted. These days organisations have direct whistle blowing 4. The whistle blower must have documentary evidence that can be presented to external audiences 5.

The whistleblower must believe that their act of whistle blowing will cause the business to change as a result of their action 6. The whistleblower must be acting in good faith – not for revenge or malice Observation and Summary Whistle blowing is always considered as a way to reveal organisational malpractices. I had a bad experience of discrimination, when my supervisor giving favourable shifts to other employees and not to me. My concerns have been completely ignored and i lost confidence in working in that environment.

At that point of time, i am too scared to file a complaint to senior managers against the supervisor. This can be treated as an issue of racism as I am the only one outside the race. As stated above whistle blowers often treated badly, keeping that in mind and company? s confidentiality policy gave me the confidence to file a written complaint. That opened up the gate, so many issues not only my own others were also settled by the top officials after that. Thus I found whistle blowing as a helpline for raising ethical concerns and unacceptable practices.

It is also noted society should view whistle blowers as witnesses rather than snitches 23 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Chapter 7 Business response to Ethical Issues: Corporate social responsibility Figure 6 : Corporate social Responsibility … “Why do I have to….. ” http://www. google. com. au/imgres? imgurl=http://blog. acton. org/wpcontent/uploads/2010/02/polyp_cartoon_corporate_social_responsibility. jpg&imgrefurl=http://blog. acton. org/archives/14270-pope-benedict-and-true-corporate-social-responsibility. html&usg=__5I Concept

Corporate social responsibility has many definitions and one common definition is an organisation or a company? s commitment to operating in a way that it takes into account not only the financial decisions in the business, but also social and environmental impact as well. It is important for companies who looking beyond short term profits. It improves the brand value, quality of staff, improving sustainability of the business and so on. So it is nothing but the corporations need to be accountable and responsible to the stakeholders (Fisher and Lovell 2006).

What corporate social responsibility means for company? This is the answer for the man in the cartoon above. Economic growth of a company is largely depends on environmental and social well being. Investors, customers and employees which form the stakeholders think corporate social responsibility is essential for a sustainable business. 24 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Corporate governance is a relationship based corporate governing practise with virtues such as integrity, honesty, objectivity, justice and is build upon trust for accountability and transparency of a corporate (Francis 2000).

Its application also include efficient decision making , appropriate allocation of resource, strategic planning and so on to promote a ethical climate in an organisation. ( Francis 2000). Corporate governance signifies that the ethical behaviour must start from the top level and should carried into the lower level of the organisation. Case 1– Corporate Social Responsibility in action – AMWAY (Amway CSR report 2001) Amway is one of the world? s biggest worldwide direct sales organizations with more than 3 million Independent Business Owners.

Most of the independent business owners are family owned often run by couples. So the company has strong emphasis on family values and children. Case study of Amway is a good example of corporate social responsibility with company? s partnership with UNICEF, the United Nations Children? s Fund. This mutual beneficial arrangement or business partnership lead the company to generate extra profit and reputation as a socially responsible business. „Priorities for Children program? of UNICEF to eradicate child killing diseases was supported by Amway staff and IBOs around 25 European Markets.

Amway collected the money from four sources : 1) corporate donations,2)Staff Donations,3)Sales of UNICEF greeting Cards and 4) Donation from IBOs. The company facilitated special gateway to allow its stakeholders to contribute to Charity. Within first few years of this partnership, Amway contributed 1 million Euro to UNICEF and largely influenced the buying decision of the customers their by profit for the company. Thus Amway? s success is careful planning of business strategy along with its stakeholders.

Case 2-Failure of Corporate Governance: The WorldCom Collapse A series of corporate scandals are seen in the year 2002 and the WorldCom collapse was one among them. It was a clear case of failure in corporate governance and unethical behavior. A massive accounting irregularity leads the world? s second largest telecommunication company, WorldCom into bankruptcy. The careers of those senior management officials ended in criminal prosecution and legal allegations. What happened to WorldCom? 25 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio

Observation and Summary The term corporate social responsibility (CSR) is clear from the Amway? s case which emphasized on the importance of business-society relationship. This concept is keep on changing its name beyond its original idea of social commitment to other folds such as corporate governance and corporate citizenship. The notion of implementing CSR and Ethical performance in corporate field is so relevant in this new era to utilize look term benefits, but the question is are they doing this just for financial gains or are they socially responsible.

Most of the cases, big companies use CSR for getting competitive advantage over their competitors. The small companies which were not following CSR policies, always have a disadvantage to compete with big corporate. Moreover, small companies always facing problem on putting money for CSR activities. For big companies like Amway, allocating money for CSR is investing money to gain more customers and stakeholders but not practical for small companies with limited stakeholders.

From ethical perspective, from the case of Amway is making a difference in business world by social committed with humanitarian works as their business strategy. The large private corporation fits oddly into democratic theory and vision. Indeed it does not fit? (Lindblom , 1997). Here from the statement Lindbolm points out the corporategovernment lobbying. President G. W Bush received $7 million during his election campaign from a tobacco company is a good example for corporate government lobbying which is a threat for social responsibility.

In return President Bush removed the federal lawsuit against cigarette manufactures within three months of his term in 2001(Fisher and Lovell 2006,299). What happened to WorldCom? The question mentioned above has only one answer which is culture of greed from top management which is a pure case of failure to fulfil the obligations to stakeholders and lack of transparency. WorldCom raise the issue of values and beliefs as an clear consideration of corporate governance. The value of trust, corporate accountability, fairness and balance, honesty, dignity and so on can avoid collapse of WorldCom.

Corporate governance can gain investors confidence which will equip companies to go globally. In the light of the cases, I think when it? s come to CSR and corporate governance, it is hard to prescribe a guideline but it works only with practical recommendations and considerations 26 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Chapter 8 Business response to Ethical issues: Sustainability Figure 7 : Sustainability and its 3 pillars… Concept Sustainability has become one of the key concept or an idea of living, manufacturing systems or a way of life.

In fact there are so many ways in which people trying to define sustainability and during the 96th plenary meeting of United nations general assembly defined sustainability as meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs (United Nations 1987). UN urges countries to follow sustainability as a central guiding principle of the United Nations, Governments and private institutions, organizations and enterprises. There is no question about ignoring sustainability in operating a business.

It is quite clear that business have ethical responsibility towards environment in addition to its responsibility towards socio-economic factors. The term sustainability closely related to CSR and Corporate responsibility which is a need to build a for long term reputation for a company. Levi? s, Saturn cars, Dick Smith electronics, Proctor and Gamble, Johnson & Johnson and the Body shop are all benefited by doing sustainable business practises( Grace and Cohen 2008). Nestle, Shell Nike , Union Carbide, Exxon are examples for companies damaged their reputation by doing socially irresponsible business practises. 7 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Case 1 Shell & Green peace ( Grace and Cohen 2008) Environmental groups including green peace campaigned against Shell petroleum over the disposal of its obsolete Brent Spar oil rig. The group campaign include boycott of Shell petrol, demonstrations and publicity offensives. This public opposition forced Shell to move the rig to Norway and generated a strong image of ethically responsible corporation even though green peace and campaigners were mistakenly respond to the Brent Spar disposal, which is less hazardous.

Case 2: Campaign against the most sustainable bank in Australia: ANZ http://www. abc. net. au/news/video/2010/10/18/3041760. htm Transcript of the ABC news report : “One of Australia’s biggest banks, ANZ, i s about to become the target of a green protest campaign, even though earlier this year Dow Jones named it the most sustainable bank globally. Greenpeace is taking on ANZ over its role as the leading financier of the coal industry and coal-fired power stations. ” Case 3: Arctic ice ‘disappearing quickly? and How the world is changing: News article http://news. bbc. co. uk/1/hi/sci/tech/4290340. tm# According to new data released by the US scientists, the sea ice covered area shrunk every year in an alarming rate. The human induced global warming is the reason for this shrinkage. 28 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio How the world is changing http://news. bbc. co. uk/1/shared/spl/hi/picture_gallery/05/sci_nat_how_the_world_is_changing /html/1. stm Observation and Summary In the beginning sustainability was a hot topic used more in the context of social and economic activities and in the context of depletion of environmental resources. Is our environment precious and how many of us are bothered about Global warming.

Now its high time for us to think and act wisely for our environment. Protecting our environment for our future generations will come under the values and ethics of change in business practises. The business world, who consider consumer as their God worried about the consequence of price tag if they go for sustainable business practises. The above four cases are related to environmental sustainability with the first two of them concern with the urgency of public and business corporate towards environmental sustainability. Are we over reacted and over estimated on both occasions?

The other two cases are showing its consequences, global warming and arctic ice shrinkage from ethical perspective, this point out to a change in collective and individual behavioural practises to protect our nature for future generation. It is often, we compromise this environmental perspective to carryout big project proposals or developments to satisfy our timely need or rational self interest, for instance, cutting of forest land for building infrastructure development, improper waste management and disposal and so on. It is about making choices 29 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio or the benefits of our future generation by denying some benefits of the present. The political leadership and the citizens of a country should make a clear stand by showing support only to the sustainable business practises to cope with rising global warming, global crises of poverty ,child labour, green house emission and so on. 30 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Chapter 9 Business responses to ethical issues: ethical codes and standards Concept Ethical Code and Standards Code of ethics: Code of ethics often refers to social issues such as organisations belief on its mission, quality, privacy, and environment and so on.

Code of Conduct: Code of ethics refers to the behaviour of employees such as procedures to be used in different ethical circumstances. (Grace and Cohen 2008,181)The effectiveness of both depends upon the extent of management support with sanctions and rewards ( Fisher and Lovell 2006,378). The following are some of the ways in which an organisation can influence the code of conduct and ethics. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? Training Story telling Reward system Monitoring systems Communication channels Job design Ethics officers Information systems Recruitment and selection policies and processes and Organisational strategies

Purpose of code of conduct/ethics Fisher and Lovell have listed eight roles for corporate code. These are: o Damage limitation-to reduce damage from negligence by its employees o Guidance-A reference point or a role model to face ethically complex situation o Regulation-prescribing and proscribing roles o Discipline and appeal-as a benchmark for an organisation to decide an employee? s code of conduct o Information -a code express to external audience o Proclamation-proclaiming the standard for public concern o Negotiation: code can be used as tool for negotiation. 1 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio o Stifling: this creation of internal procedures for handing ethical issues Case 1: In U. S. , Nurses at Top of Ethics List, Lobbyists at Bottom “Gallup Editor in Chief Frank Newport reveals Americans’ list of the most and least honest and ethical professions” http://www. youtube. com/watch? v=BinGMLIIeQw Gallup? s 2010, recent survey on America? s most ethical jobs found the following results: 1. Nurses : 81% surveyed rate them very highly on honesty and ethics 2. Military Officers : 73% 3. Druggists or pharmacists:71% 4.

High school teachers:67% 5. Medical doctors 66% Observation on the above survey The survey above reveals that the average Americans have more faith in Nurses than Doctors. Why is that? Gallop? s survey was based on telephone interview with more 32 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio than 500 adults. Americans found Nurses with more honesty and ethical in doing their job and 81% voted them. Medical doctors got only 5th position which is largely because the Americans lost their trust and faith in recent years. The Lobbyist and car sellers who are less honest in their deals are n the bottom with 7% and 9% respectively. These people are considered as less honest and hide the real price to cheat people. Case 2: Honey well – an ethical culture (Grace and Cohen 2008, 193) Honey Well, US based corporation, is a fortune 100 company proud of their company? s strong reputation on code of conduct and value. The company grown largely through acquisition, by assuring all they come in contact with an ethical culture and enhanced value relationship. The company? s code of conduct is a 36 page document published in company? corporate website to guide employees and anyone enter into relationship with the company. Honeywell? s code of business ethics and conduct comes with a message from its chairman and traces back to the company? s ethical culture and explains the observance of code is mandatory. “We clearly want to succeed, but never at the expense of integrity” (Grace and Cohen 2008, 193) Observation and Summary The code of practise and conduct is necessary for an organisation to show their trust, integrity and reliability to its stakeholders.

It is a true fact that people will not behave ethically and morally without fear of retribution. This keeps the people to work under the rules and leading them to morality. Secondly ethical codes enable organizations to build trust. The trust in relationship is necessary to create value and responsibility. The greatest lesson that i learned from throughout the portfolio is poor ethics has been the leading killer of organizations. Honey well case study is a good example for the enhanced relationship ethics through code of conduct and values.

The lessons learned from Honeywell? s code of Business conduct are as follows. The company? s code of conduct includes relevant areas of the code to suppliers which gives assurance for the suppliers on maintaining accurate books and records, protection of environment, not to employ child or forced labour and long term 33 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio relationships. Some ideas that can be used to develop ethical culture are establishing an ethical officer or ethical committee, ethical training programs for all staffs including top to bottom level, implementing channels o report unethical practises and so on. It is also advisable not to put staff under competitive pressure which can motivate unethical conduct. 34 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Chapter 10 The International Context: Global and Local Values Concepts Ethical and business values of differ from countries and societies. Each country or society has their own distinct values and ethical standards and this assumption is known as Essentialism. According to this theory a nations or societies values and ethical standards change only slowly.

There have been attempts to unify and codify the ethical norms and values. One such attempt is the Universal Declaration of Human rights by United Nations (United Nations 1948) ? ? ? ? ? ? ? not to be held in slavery not to be subjected to torture or degrading treatment to equality before the law To a standard of living adequate for the well being of self and family. To work and to just and favourable conditions of work. To equal pay for equal work To rest and leisure and periodic holidays with pay. (Fisher and Lovell 2006,423)

According to Geert Hoftead vales and ethics of organisation and employees varies in different countries based on four dimensions. ? ? ? ? Power Distance Individualism Masculinity Uncertainty avoidance According to Transparency International and corruption perception index (CPI), Australia is evaluated as the best in terms of business being least likely to offer bribes and Finland as least corrupted country in the world. 35 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Case 1: Nike „Sweatshop? allegation (Grace and Cohen 2008) Figure 8 : NIKE SWEAT SHOP..

Women in Slavery.. Cultural difference does not imply its acceptability; civilised interaction is respect for person. Nike, leading footwear manufacture humiliate women and children, force them to kneel and work for more than 12hrs by intentionally placing the factories in cultures where unions are weak. Employees worked an average of 11. 5 hours a day and forced them to work seven days a week and most of them where under age includes girls less than 11 years of age. This is a clear case of offshore business unethical practise. Case 2: „The Shakedown?

Harvard Business review case study http://studentoffortune. com/question/636764/utkarsh23-only/1073472-Shakedown. pdf 36 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio This case cast an American entrepreneur thinking about paying money or to bribe in Ukraine where he started an enterprise which is another case of international business dealing with unethical practises like corruption and bribery in host country while being ethical in home country. Observation and Summary The companies working in international scenario has to deal with different values and ethical standards.

The ethical standards are so diverse that one cannot simply go and start a business in international market. The code of conduct, code of ethics, behavioural mannerisms and so on depends on the culture of that particular country, for instance Muslim countries like Egypt, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates have high power distance that the leaders separated themselves from the civil society. So a manager who makes sense of the world? s diversity of values can only survive in dealing with these circumstances.

The theory of sense making discussed earlier will be helpful in this situation. It is necessary for international organizations to learn and open to multicultural society. The learning process is mutual and is continuous to make moral judgements to meet the business standards they are working in. In the light of the concepts and cases, universal standards which have been written for international business are not universally accepted. United Nations and other human rights agencies working on universal human rights standards but it is violating mostly in less developed countries.

Most of the management and business theories formulated from American context and it is seen that the MNC? s going out from this part is violating the human rights and ethics in international business. In whatever circumstances a company should accept the local values and practises, for instance international fast food outlets like MacDonald? s strictly following the Muslim culture of serving the customer with HALAL meat in countries like UAE and Saudi Arabia. Globalisation is not for exploiting the weak countries, as in the case of Nike, but to bring the weak countries up socially and economically. 7 BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio Chapter 11 Moral Leadership Concept There is no definition for moral leadership but it is a fact that lack of moral leadership is main reason for unethical behaviour at all levels of our society. “The Leader always sets the trait for others to follow” The following are some the attributes that makes a moral leader: • • • • • • • • • • Vision Self motivation Imaginative power Foresightedness Leadership Sense of practicality Commitment towards work Consistency Good communication skills Integrity towards the profession 38

BUSINESS ETHICS: Portfolio “Along with the above attributes he should be socially, ethically and environmentally responsible” Observation and Summary For me, a good leader is one who is well aware of moral and immoral activities and pay attention only on ethical and value based business. He is also one who pays attention to all direct and indirect stakeholders which include investors, partners,

Autobiography: Social Work and New Boyfriend cbest essay help: cbest essay help

An Autobiography It wasn’t Just one event that changed my life but a variety of small happenings that influenced and moulded me into the person I am today. I owe a lot to my mother; she has given me a strong intellect and a keen sense of humour, traits which I consider to be important to my personality. Perhaps a less positive aspect of her character which I also find within myself is stubbornness. I was welcomed into the world on the 3rd January 1990 by my father Andrew. My mother Carol seemed less enthusiastic about my arrival, something which at the time, was put down to exhaustion.

However the relationship between my parents over the first two years of my life became progressively worse. They split up and eventually divorced, leaving me in the sole care of my mother who may as well have been a stranger to me at that point in time. My earliest memory reminds me of how my Mother seemed incapable or unwilling to give affection even in difficult circumstances, for example, I remember playing outdoors on a snowy winter’s day. In particular I remember sliding down our driveway on a tea tray and crashing face-first into a parked car, knocking my already wobbly front tooth out and banging my left elbow.

With blood pouring down my poor little face my friends ran to get my mother as I sat crying in pain. Upon being informed of the incident she came outside, stood me up and sternly said “don’t be such a baby, it’s Just a scratch”. The week after I continuously complained to my father about my elbow which after taking me to A and E for an X-Ray revealed it was in fact fractured and that it hadn’t been Just a scratch after all. I went to school the following in my sling day feeling ‘cool’ in front of my friends!

Another memory from my school days is seeing my friend’s parents picking her up rom school and watching her skip off to the park laughing and smiling. From a distance I saw her fall from the monkey bars hurting her chin on the floor. I watched enviously as her mother brushed her down and hugged her. I couldn’t help but think that a little more compassion from my own mother would have been nice when I had hurt myself. Eventually my mother met a new boyfriend; she seemed happier but focussed all of her energy on keeping him content.

It was then that she made the biggest mistake of her life; a rash decision to move to Kidderminster followed by the trauma of omestic violence which unfortunately I witnessed. These incidents amongst others recurred in my mind and once I had entered my early teens I begged Social Services to take me into their care. Instead they arranged for me to stay temporarily with my father while my mother and I had a number of sessions that allowed us to communicate our thoughts and emotions more effectively. We established a closer relationship and she eventually asked her abusive boyfriend to leave.

Depression throughout the early years of my life. I also came to realise that none of hese incidents had ever been intentional. However, with every subsequent boyfriend she regressed into her previous ways. The final straw for me came when we moved back to Ludlow and my mother introduced me to her new boyfriend. Something seemed strange about him; he was always very touchy-feely but on the other hand could be very caring. I continuously analysed every movement, word and action he made and my suspicions were justified when he was taken into custody and charged with two counts of sexual offences.

For this he was sentenced to eight and half years in prison and my mother ell into a deep depression. This marked a milestone in my life where I found myself looking after her emotionally despite her not having done the same to me growing up. Some days were good, others bad. However I felt that at the age of sixteen I needed to leave home and go and live with friends. Over the next six months there was very little contact between my mother and l, and I gradually began to forget the past and realise I still wanted a relationship with her. Without all the ups and downs I have experienced I wouldn’t be the person I am today.

The unhappier aspects of my childhood have made me more independent and rather than dwelling on the past in a negative way I choose instead to draw strength from it and am proud of what I have achieved to date. I have enabled many major life changes, trading in an office Job of seven years to become a personal care provider and recently started an access to Higher Education course to study Health and Social Care. I hope to eventually become a Social Worker liaising and helping families in similar situations to which I experienced growing up, using my experiences to help others. Word count: 857

Steve Jobs – Transformational Leader essay help websites: essay help websites

Jobs was fittingly named Fortune’s CEO of the Decade in 2009. A decade ago, after witnessing the almost complete collapse of the music industry which I came to know intimately through my years of work with the biggest record labels in the world, I witnessed the pure genius of Apple’s Steve Jobs as he transformed the way in which we buy and sell music in the digital realm.

Here was a man whose primary industry is computing but clearly possessed abilities far beyond those of the failing record labels to recognize the music industrys value chain and the major shift occurring in its fundamental structure as a result of the emerging digital technologies. With his launch of the iTunes music software in 2001, the iPod music player, the subsequent online store in 2002 combined with tough negotiating with major labels he managed to deliver a clear message that engaged the commerce of music once again. In my most honest personal opinion, without question, Steve Job’s saved the music industry.

While the unsettled state of the music industry still prevails, Steve Job’s has made it possible for those remaining musical soldiers to envision new business opportunities that can combine the best elements of the old model with new digital channels and a ew value chain that is highly independent and dialectical. I truly admire Steve’s brilliance and ability to handle complex problems, like the music industrys, by focusing on the heart of the challenge at hand. How does one transform a near bankrupt company to a globally dominant and influential power?

This goal, at its core, is a complex and incredibly challenging prospect to consider even for a computer expert. However, Jobs eagerly met a similar challenge in 1997 when he returned to Apple after his dismissal in 1985. Steve systematically started rusted and would form the centre of the company for more than a decade. He then restructured a new product line that would provide an elegantly cool and newly sophisticated alternative to the already familiar business focused Dell or IBM PC. The iMac, a breakthrough all-in-one computer with monitor attached marked the dawn of a new computing frontier and Apple’s return.

Its high price along with drastic cost cut backs allowed Jobs to build enough cash to repair Apple’s balance sheet and prepare the company for bigger and bolder investments in the future. His approach of tabilizing Apple’s foundation and preparing it for an excitingly newer and more profitable future is one approach that he uses for any venture. Whether he is remaking the music industry, movie industry or smartphone industry he always tackles the problem of the matter at its core and rebuilds the business structure from the inside out.

Even when Apple’s stock prices plummeted after missing its financial targets in 2000, it hardly mattered because Steve had already laid the vital ground work for Apple’s transformation. Jobs’ transformational leadership is the key o Apple’s long-term strategic growth and sustainability. Steve Jobs leadership qualities come from a place of personal power. He is an expert in his original field of computing and referent in his celebrity status and admirable air. His rare approach to business is what makes him stand out from your average CEO.

His attire is famously unconventional to the point that his wardrobe seems to only consist of multiple pairs of Levi’s 501 blue Jeans, black long-sleeved mock turtlenecks and Reebok sneakers. His quirkiness and unmistakeable design tastes are loved worldwide and mirrored in popular culture. He slums around with pop music stars and yet holds his own as a born showman. If youVe ever seen one of his famed key note speeches you will agree that he has the qualities of an illusionist and is a spot-on perfectionist.

All of his uniquely charismatic qualities contribute a great deal to his lore and provide an intriguing backdrop to the hard work and innovation that occurs behind the walls of Apple. Jobs charisma is a key aspect to his leadership. He inspires enthusiasm of his employees to achieve more by doing the seemingly impossible. His charisma also inspires customers to buy Apple products. Jobs even with all of his quirks, is unmistakably all about business and ensures that his managers, team leaders and designers fully understand what the Apple brand signifies.

If anyone needs to know what Apple stands for, one only need understand Steve Jobs. Steve Jobs is synonymous with Apple. His original youthful vision for Apple still remains today, driven by his first love to which he returned to be an ambassador of cool and be a positive influence of change in the world. Apple is the symbol for the infinite imagination of youth and an unstoppable innovative focus. It is the symbol or onsumers. My own personal experience with the Apple brand goes back to my first Power PC that I used in conjunction with music creation software.

At the time most of the top producers, songwriters and programming engineers in the music industry agreed that Apple was the better platform for music creation over PC. When a client or novice would ask why, our answer would always center on the point that Apple’s architecture was more stable than PC. Even though this answer was a valid argument secretly I and my colleagues all knew the real reason why we bought Macs; Apple was ll about “cool”, which was wholly in line with our feeling and passion for creating music.

Apple was an inspiration for us to be the best at what we did and to strive for perfection. I think we all, in one way or another, desire to be the best at what we do and seek inspiration that can spark our cause. Steve Jobs delivers that spark and sets the example through hard work and a “never quit until it is right” commitment to his brand. Steve’s compelling vision for an improved future for Apple is further demonstrated by his ability to successfully challenge the process. When his competitor “zigs”, he “zags”. Instead of trying to make up the PC market share, of which Apple currently owns 10. % globallyl , Jobs decides to build 327 retail stores in eleven countries2, make up 73% of the U. S. MP3 player market, become the undisputed leader in mobile phone innovation topping the global smartphone market share at 18. 5%3 and take 78% of the global tablet market share in 20114. Going back to 1997 when Apple’s future was unclear any other red blooded American CEO would have done the more apparent thing and sold the company. But Jobs turned down not one but two roposals to buy Apple. Jobs friend Ellison was one of the two entities who tried to buy Apple but later became an Apple board member.

Ellison is quoted as saying, “Jobs didn’t like the idea of being second guessed if it looked as if he’d returned simply to make money’. Job’s explanation to Ellison was, “with the moral high ground, he thought he could make decisions more easily and more gracefully’. Jobs set a clear example that money was not as important to him as aligning Apple’s moral principles with his own. In so doing Jobs could more easily rally his troops behind his uthority decisions whereby allowing the transformational process to happen at a faster rate and more unified manner.

Jobs’ enthusiasm for his company and belief in his capabilities set a prime example that fuelled Apple’s growth and success. After CEO Michael Dell of Dell Computers began a war of words at the Gartner Symposium in 1997 during Apple’s troubled period, stating, if he owned Apple he would “shut it down and give the money back to the shareholders”, Jobs then in 2006 responded after Apple’s market capitalization rose above Dell’s with an internal email reading, Team, it turned out that Michael Dell wasn’t perfect at predicting the future”. Jobs keeps his team members close. They are like his family.

He involves them in the triumphs that come as a result of their hard work, affirming value in his workforce and rousing a competitive drive among in his team. Jobs is very careful to avoid overexposure, limiting his visibility to speaking only to promote his highly popular products. He could have spoken about his 2004 cancer surgery before it occurred but chose to wait until after, and then only in an internal company e-email that was later on released to the press. His six month leave of absence was also told in another internal e-mail with no comment from Steve personally.

The public follows Jobs in part because of his choice to remain out of the public spot light. The media’s frenzied reports and speculations during the months of announcing and selling the first iPhone are a testament to his psychological strategy. His media relations team keeps everyone in Apple’s orbit on a tight leash when it comes to public speaking. The message is the focus at Apple and one of their key business tools. Steve rehearses with his authorized executives line by line the words hat they are to speak and not to speak in public.

He reduces the probability for error even further by utilizing a very small number of executives to communicate the company’s message publicly. Jobs admits that there are an incredible amount of up to 100 individuals reporting directly to him5. By this token, Jobs exemplifies characteristics of an autocratic style leadership approach. The fact that he has so many people reporting directly to him is representative for his desire for total control. In a triumphant return to the public eye in September 2009, Steve Jobs thanked Apple’s chief operating officer Tim Cook for running the company in his absence.

Steve celebrated this achievement in conjunction with his recovery with cancer as the crowd gave them both a standing ovation. Cook is one man who Jobs holds a lot of trust and empowers to do great things for the company. Cook was given authority as acting CEO during Jobs’ leave, with Jobs’ involvement in crucial decision making only when needed. In the grander scheme of Jobs corporate makeup he has instilled a tremendous amount of information regarding company procedures, corporate and oral responsibilities. The question, “What would Steve do? ” is the driving thought among company executives and employees.

Apple’s foundation is very strong because it has been trained by Steve to think like Steve, therefore ensuring optimal results from its members lead by a clear directive. participative leadership. His assertiveness and dominance as a model for his team does not allow much room for empathy or high levels of social skill. He is not one to rely on group-decision or even so much consultative-decision to democratically strive for an agreement or compromise. There is talk that he is even rude in meetings and extremely impatient6. Employees, as a result, tend to not voice their opinion as much and participate in group meetings.

It is most common for a transformational leader to concentrate on building trust however, Apple is known for keeping their future plans hush and only talking about things it has accomplished. So it can be said that Jobs might not seem to exemplify the traits of a transformational leader whom exudes personal encouragement and emotional intelligence. However, based on the fact that Jobs has transformed several ompanies over the years including Pixar which is a success story, bolsters Jobs’ status as a transformational leader. Steve Jobs can be said to be a moral leader who strives to ensure his company’s motives are pure7.

His crackdown on pornographic developers and applications containing pornographic content on iPhones and iPads is one example of his consistent commitment to adhere to a higher moral standard. Even though Jobs realizes that some folks do like porn and they have a right to access it if they wish, he also believes that Apple should be allowed to try and preserve the user experience they envision8. Jobs shot back at critics who opposed his moral position in 2010 when he responded to Ryan Tate’s email, a writer for Gawker. com, when he said miou might care more about porn when you have kids”9.

Steve also believes that it is everyone’s moral right to be free from programs that steal private data and trash user’s batteries. Steve envisions products that will live up to these moral standards and lead the march for what he calls a “revolution”10 (in the digital domain) sighting iPad2 as the flagship product leading the cause. Even though the above moral topics are very important issues that Jobs is doing well t upholding we cannot forget about the current largest moral responsibility society places on massive technology companies like Apple; that being green energy involvement or clean energy practices.

Sexuality and society my assignment essay help london: my assignment essay help london

Sexuality and Society Introduction: Human sexuality has a very vital role in everyone’s life and society. Understanding human sexuality is itself a complex topic to discuss. However, the topic becomes more complicated when discussed from a sociological point of view. Many researches have been conducted in the past on sociology and sexuality. There are many sociological perspectives which are considerable while talking about human sexuality, however, this paper will primarily discuss and research on the sociological perspective of homosexuality on society.

Regardless of the gender difference that is male or female, the impacts of human sexuality on society is very prominent. It has a major influence on a person’s own personality, on other’s personalities and most importantly on society. While classifying the sexual orientations of human, usually a person is attracted to the opposite sex and has feelings and sexual desires for the opposite gender, biologically termed as heterosexuals. However, there are some people who do not feel the same way as heterosexuals and have sexual feelings and desires for same sex.

These people are attracted to the same gender and are sexually oriented as homosexuals. The third sexual orientation is bisexuality; bisexuals are those humans who are attracted to both the genders that are male and female both and have sexual tendencies for both of them. While the last ones are asexual; they are not attracted towards any sex. Thesis Statement: Homosexuality or the desires for the same sex that is being ‘gay or ‘lesbian’ has a very deep impact on society. Many societies and religions in the past and at present do not allow or accept homosexuality for its people.

From sociological point of view these people are against the biological and usual system of human lifecycle ortraying negative impacts on society. Understanding Homosexuality: All the previous sociological researches including that on human sexuality too, have their basic elemental assumption that human behavior is learned from the surroundings. This statement is clearly elaborated by Kimmel and Fracher; “That we are sexual is determined by a biological imperative toward reproduction, but how we are sexual”where, when, how often, with whom, and why”has to do with cultural learning, with meanings transmitted in a cultural setting”.

According to many of the researchers and previous theories it has been concluded that homosexuality is not atural and biological. Researchers and social scientists believe that it is learned from the surroundings and the culture. While a few scientific inquiries suggested that it is a mixture of nature and nurture; while the environmental factors are contributing towards the sexuality of a person some of the hormonal and brain structure also adds to it.

Society and Homosexuality: On a broader perspective, homosexuality can be termed as a product of society; since the social exposure to a person during his adolescence moulds him accordingly for societies across the US and the world do not accept or allow homosexuality or orresponding activities. Homosexuals avoid revealing their sexual orientations in many societies of the world. This is majorly because of intolerance and the negativity towards homosexuality. Sociologists believes that acceptance of homosexuality in societies can increase the number of homosexuals in those societies.

As people will start accepting them, there will be chances that more people will like to change their sexual orientation and would become homosexual or bisexual. Many cases have been evidenced in recent years where change in sexual orientations among adults was oticed. The psychological effects of homosexuality on societies and its member also are of vital importance. Gay practices in public places disturb people and many of the social elements are offended by it. It portrays a great psychological influence on the youngsters particularly children.

Many anti-gay movements and petitions have been filed in different countries of the world to create fear and to put an end to homosexuality. However, the consequences were not as it was expected. Many religions across the world do not accept homosexuality as a part of their life or society. They consider it a practice against the system created and defined by God. Different societies have defined different strict punishments for homosexuality. Many religious families also do not accept any of its family member if he/she is homosexual, thus excluding him from their family.

This is a deep social, cultural and religious conflict which has its negative impacts on society and homosexuals as well. Many homosexuals do not reveal their identity and disclose their orientation as gay. This is because of; the conservative religious factor or the intolerance and non- acceptance of society towards him/her. Sociologists have learned that, to many homosexuals, being gay or homosexual is a shame or curse. They avoid interacting with people at school; work and even home thus become isolated.

This is mainly because of the fear that someone does not get to know about their sexuality. Those individuals who have accepted themselves as gay are also being bullied at school, work and by friends and family. Researchers have shown that such homosexual individuals try to commit suicide Just to hide their sexuality and to avoid being bullied. The suicide rate among homosexuals is comparatively high as compared to eterosexual individuals. The role of media, advertising and internet in a society cannot be denied while talking about its sexual boundaries.

Many sociologists and researchers have studied the impacts of advertising, television and internet on society particularly sexuality and homosexuality. They are not Just conveying the idea in fact through the portrayal of different vulgar and desirable ideas and picture, people particularly young and children try to fit in that place and a sense of desire is created among them. Many ads and television shows in the west at present portray nd promote homosexuality as societies have managed to live with them. Many sociologists believe that this factor is greatly affecting the societal scale of heterosexuality.

The Societal Acceptance: The sociological perspective is altering gradually regarding the acceptance of homosexuals in many societies of the world. Different societies and countries are accepting homosexuals and are legalizing them in their territory including USA, Canada, Europe and South America. In response to those anti gay movements, a sociologists put forward the idea of reducing the rate of suicides among these omosexuals and the majors to overcome them. Societies at present are becoming liberal and taking homosexuality as a part of life and human cycle.

However, a number of societies still have the same approach of not accepting homosexuality on the basis of culture, religion and other conservative approaches. However, it is said that societies in which homosexuality has been allowed such as the Netherlands and San Francisco in US have greater rates of diseases and health issues. The Social Family Institution: Disturbance among the family institutions is also created because of homosexuality ithin or outside the family. According to many sociologists culture and surrounding is one major area that shapes and structures the entire family process.

Different practices within families are done because of the age, sex, gender, ethnicity factors. Sociologist also has studied that how families are influenced and affected by homosexuals and their practices and how it has altered the family structure. The major building block that is family in societies where it has been legalized and accepted has fallen apart. It has been researched that as many as 80% of the hildren in such societies are born outside the family. Homosexuality is also creating a biological barrier for society with its existence and expansion.

With more turn out of homosexuals in societies, the definition of family is also being revised. Gay marriages are taking place in the regions of the world where they are legalized. Men marrying men and women marrying women do not fit in the definition of the family it is normally used to be. These gay couples are not able to conceive a child due to biological reasons, however, if they really want they adopt children in order to complete their definition of family. This may badly affect the biological chain of human lifecycle; decreasing the overall population rate.

Conclusion: It is very difficult to predict the future structure of society. Homosexuality should be understood from the cultural, political and legal framework from any society. Where on one hand one cannot accept homosexuality, on the other hand one gives you almost every reason to accept it as a part of society. However, the association between society and homosexuality is very strong and is very deep. Sociologists are very much concerned regarding this relationship; some of them are in favor while the thers are against this relationship.

Some sociologists believe that it is society and its components which contribute towards the formation of homosexual people. While some elements of society do not believe in homosexuality saying it is not allowed in their religion or culture. From adolescence to adulthood, homosexual people face different problems and obstacles and so do their surroundings. Where on one hand homosexuals commit suicide, on the other hand some homosexual are marrying same genders, and fighting for their rights thus creating a chaos and disturbance in society.

The cultural and sociological impact on society by homosexuality is very negative and disturbing for some age groups particularly the children and the youngsters. However, the sociological perspective on homosexuality is altering gradually worldwide. With its acceptance in many part of the West, societies are now focusing on accepting homosexuality as a part of it. The major need is to umbrella the family structure and the family institutions which are in serious threat from Reference List Bauer, D. (2006). Homosexuality within the Context of Social Institutionalisation

Software engineering essay help us: essay help us

Software engineers ontribute directly in developing and maintaining all these machines, indispensable to our life. Because their role is so important in developing software systems, software engineers have chance to do good, cause harm, or to Premium629 Words3 Lean Principles and Software Production: Introduction: Lean operating system or lean principles has been implemented in countless manufacturing companies and also adapted for industries as diverse as insurance and healthcare. Lean principles were developed as Toyota production system by Toyota motor company earlier known as Toyoda.

The Premiuml 504 Words7 What Are the Advantages and Disadvantages of Agile Software Engineering? What are the advantages and disadvantages of Agile Software Engineering? One mooted solution to project management issues is Agile Software Engineering. Agile software engineering was devised, in the early 1990’s, as a counter to the then-prevalent preference for huge, carefully-planned and exper Premium1885 Words8 Pages Software Engineering in the Acade There no universally accepted definition of software engineering.

For some, software engineering is Just a engineer” on your business card but never “progr Premium3273 Words14 Pages Application of Lean Principles in Software Development Application of Lean Principles in Software Development Term paper Background Lean comes primarily from manufacturing and in particular the Toyota production system. The lean movement in manufacturing was pioneered by Taiichi Ohno at Toyota and is often known as the Toyota Production System. L Premium2707 Wordsl 1 Pages Case Study – Software Engineering Case Study #1 – Software Engineering Elizabeth M.

Crispino 01 December 2010 Explain why programs which are developed using Evolutionary Development are likely difficult to maintain. Evolutionary development is an iterative and incremental approach to software development. Instead of creati Premium1366 Words6 Pages Journal of Information Technology Education: Innovations in Practice Volume 8, 2009 Concurrent Software Engineering Project Nenad Stankovic and Tammam Tillo Xi’an Jiaotong-Liverpool University, Suzhou, Jiangsu, PR China Nenad. Stankovic@xJtlu. edu. cn; Tammam. Tillo@xJtlu. edu. cn Executive S Premium7248 Words29 Pages

Is testing on animals for medical research acceptable? mba essay help: mba essay help

Is testing on animals for medical research acceptable? Over the years, animal testing has been an argumentative and sensitive subject. With the increased importance of science and medicine over the last century or so, the use of animals in testing and research has increased proportionally, increased awareness of this issue has come about with the advancement into new technology. This has led to much debate both for and against testing expressed in both moderate and more extreme ways.

Although there is some evidence to suggest that animal testing is successful in treating medical conditions in humans, it is equally disputed that esting on animals for medical purposes can be cruel and inconclusive. Too often emotion is allowed to overshadow facts and in this essay I will present a balanced argument and give a reliable and considered case for both sides to allow you, the reader to draw your own opinion. The most common arguments for and against will typically discuss the efficiency of testing along with the moral and ethical implications and the available options to using whole animals for research.

Thanks to the internet age where information is readily available and easy to share, and improvements in computer simulation software, the number of animals required for esting can in theory be kept to a minimum. It would mean scientists using computer models based on previously documented test results, predicting laboratory test results using known data. According to Max Planck institute of Biological Cybernetics (2013: online) no computer modeling is an effective substitute to a live subject. It is said that no type of computer modeling is able to replicate even a small neural population, let alone a complete brain.

Due to the nature of their research they do not look at a very broad range of tests, they specifically focus in one area. Various ther simulations do exist and are acceptable models in the research of many different fields, for example drug absorption, diabetes and asthma. Despite the success of finding new medicines from this method it is still used in conjunction with, rather than a substitute to live testing and any results found still need to be validated via other methods. Similarly, it has been suggested that lab testing could be an alternative to a certain degree.

However this also in practice is an inadequate substitute but can be used effectively along side live testing on the subject. Although against the principle of animal testing the Royal Society for the revention of Cruelty to Animals (RSCPA) (2013: online) are fairly realistic in the way they approach the issue. While the organisation would like to completely stop animal testing they understand that this is somewhat unachievable. Instead they believe that increased regulation should contribute positively towards animal welfare by implementing the “3R’s”. The 3Rs aim to improve animal welfare in a number of ways.

Firstly they look at replacement methods that avoid the use of animals where possible. They also want to minimise the amount of animals used for studies and astly reevaluate existing procedures along side any further factors affecting the Procedure) Act 1986 (2013: online) confirms that “Project licence holders must ensure their programme of work does not involve any regulated procedures for which there is a scientifically satisfactory alternative method or testing strategy that does not entail the use of a protected animal”. This again goes back to the method of the 3Rs.

When considering the benefits; The Guardian, Tooke, et al (2013: online), offers some support for medical research using animals, as the most effective treatment for Parkinson’s was developed using rabbits. In addition to this the Guardian also argues that without animal testing “we would not have discovered antibiotics, chemotherapy or medical procedures including the use of deep brain stimulation. ” This shows that animal testing has been beneficial in treating potentially fatal conditions; therefore it could be argued that animal testing can be acceptable in certain circumstances.

On the other hand the organisation People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals (PETA) (2013: online), a charity which prides itself on the welfare of animals in many ethical issues, hold a contrasting argument. They stated that testing on animals has “delayed edical progress and even dangerously derailed our understanding of diseases. ” (PETA 2013) To support they say “many studies have shown that animal tests fail to predict reactions in humans accurately, and they sometimes get it right less than 25 per cent of the time” citing “polio transmission, heart disease, and diabetes” as examples.

They argue that by testing on animals, research has been inconclusive, as testing on animals cannot be generalised to humans. The Royal Society is a good source of clear facts. One of their case studies on kidney dialysis states (The Royal society 2004) “Of the 5000 people who develop kidney failure every ear in the I-JK, one in three would die without a kidney transplant or regular dialysis on a kidney machine”. It says that these techniques were tested via the use of rabbits and dogs as they have similar respiratory and cardiovascular systems to humans, therefore are sufficient models for experimentation.

Due to this “Each year about 2000 patients in the I-JK receive a life saving kidney transplant. ” this information clearly shows that whole animal testing can be effective. In conclusion to the evidence and research referenced, it has become evident that testing on animals is beneficial in various fields. The relationship between animals and humans are not identical, however this will evolve under the influence of the technology and previous scientific findings, enabling testers to understand animal cognition and suffering.

Social Issues Topic: Divorce college admissions essay help: college admissions essay help

Divorce Divorce is becoming very common in the United States and leads to many problems not only for those getting the divorce, but also for the children. Divorce increases a child’s risk for psychological and behavioral problems in the future. Behavioral problems can affect the child immensely and even results in the child having to see a psychiatrist. According to one article, children whose parents get divorced are twice as likely to visit a mental health facility (Collins 1). Other psychological problems include increased teen pregnancies, declining grades in school, and higher rates of ropping out of school (1).

Statistical evidence also shows that male offspring have higher rates of anger and conduct problems when parents separate (1). Divorce affects the offsprings psychosis in negative ways. In todays society, many people, especially the offspring, have negative outlooks on marriage due to the fact that about one in every two marriages ends up in divorce. Statistical evidence shows that those who get married at a younger age are more likely to get divorced. According to the article, “U. S. Divorce Rate Statistics”, women who get married under the age of wenty are twenty-eight percent more likely to get a divorce than men who are also under twenty.

Evidence has also found that those in arranged marriages are less likely to get divorced than those who pick their spouses. The increase in the number of children with divorced parents has been associated with demographic changes. Among some of the changes with children under eighteen are those who live with an unmarried couple, a one-parent family, and those who live with a stepfather or stepmother with a biological parent. Statistical evidence shows that thirty-three ercent of all children under eighteen years have lived with a divorced parent (Glick Today’s society has a poor attitude toward marriage due to the prevalence of divorce.

Divorce is so common today because people do not value marriage like they should. Married couples are not making every effort possible to make their marriage last and are giving up easily. As a result, they end up getting a divorce instead of trying to make their marriage work. Parents or married couples do not realize that they are damaging children’s emotional development along with their views of marriage. Marriage needs to be taken more seriously instead of ending it by taking the “easy way out” (divorce). The staggering divorce rate in the United States has majorly affected children whose parents get a divorce.

According to the peer-reviewed article, The Divorce Controversy, most kids are affected emotionally from divorce. When there is divorce, a family becomes separated, not Just the parents. It is very difficult for a child to deal with their parents being split up. Not only are their parents not together, but they also have two different homes, two different bedrooms, their belongings are separated and much more. Because of divorce many things change in a child’s life such as where they go to school, who their friends are, and how they spend their free time.

Children from a divorced family constantly suffer from the feeling of being peers, fear of getting in a relationship and that they too may get a divorce in the future, and anxiety and uncertainty of the future ahead of them. Not only does divorce change a child’s life but it also increases the risk for psychological and behavioral problems for the child in the future. “The best available research shows that children of divorce are more likely”possibly twice as ikely – to find themselves visiting a mental health professional” (Collins 1).

Zara case “essay help” site:edu: “essay help” site:edu

Zara Case Write-up Zara was founded in 1963, by Amancio Ortega Goana. He started the company because he wanted to improve the manufacturing and retail aspects of fashion and to reduce the cost of the apparel chain. He opened the first stores in Spain, and slowly over the decades started to expand to different countries. Zara headquarters is in Arteixo, Spain, with their distribution center close by.

Inditex, the holding company that owns Zara, has a business model, which states, “Global specialty retailer that designed, manufactured, and sold apparel, footwear, and accessories for omen, men, and children”, and Zara’s business model is to be, “medium quality clothing at affordable prices”. Zara has five hundred and seven stores that account for seventy two percent of Inditex total capital. Zara’s biggest competitors are the US company, Gap, the Sweden company, Hennes and Mauritz, and the Italian company, Benetton.

Out of all the completion Gap is the largest company but had a negative net income in 2001, Hennes and Mauritz had the highest net income, Benetton has stores in the most countries, and Inditex had the biggest change in market value. Zara owns a few different manufactures that produce their higher quality, popular products; they only outsource cheaper, standard clothing. Zara markets their products to infants all the way up to forty five year old males and females.

While doing the environmental scan of Zara, I found the company strengths are the short cycle time that reduces working capital integrity allowing them to commit to a fashion line much later in the season, compared to competitors. Also they position their stores in diverse location with high foot traffic areas. Their vision is to provide quality, high fashion apparel for an affordable price. Zara’s weaknesses are that there is a low entry to barrier to enter the fashion industry, customers are constantly changing demand, and products are easily duplicated by other manufactures.

Competitive trends are to produce high fashion goods at an affordable price that every income level can afford. In 2001 Zara had no internet market, leaving an opportunity for them to grow and expand their business model. Things that threaten Zara’s market share are they could be undersold by their competitors who outsource their manufacturing, missing opportunities in the ever so changing fashion ndustry, and shortages in their supply because they use the Just in time method.

In the economy, regulations can affect sales and depending on the country you’re in determines the amount of problems you may see. Political, environment and regulations in host country play a role in the success of a Zara store. Zara’s target demographic is middle to middle-high class individuals up to the age of forty five. A social factor that allows Zara to be successful is the need and the want for fashion forward clothing, that looks expensive but isn’t. While conduction a five forces analysis, I found that Zara seems to have a good old on the market.

The supplier power is extremely low because Zara owns its own manufacturing companies that produce their quality, higher end products. This means they aren’t relying on other manufactures in different countries to make their products. I also believe buyer power to be low in most countries. Because buyers are fashion is what Zara offers at an affordable price, buyers want what they are selling. There is a substantial firm and rivalry presence in the fashion industry, but as I have stated before Zara is gaining market value over its competitors.

I also believe that Zara’s production, distribution system, and infrastructure provide speed that gives them a competitive advantage. Their fast fashion model challenges the status quo, having a short lead time, lower quantities, and more styles leave consumers wanting more. Along with having substantial competitors that also means that Zara’s products can be easily substituted for competitor products. Barriers to entry are low because it takes a relatively low amount of capital to produce and design clothing.

I chose to compare Zara to Hennas and Mauritz because they are considered close competitors, yet their businesses are run differently. Hennas and Mauritz expanded to different regions more quickly than Zara had in the past, but now Inditex has grown into thirty nine different countries, while Hennas and Mauritz is only in fourteen. One major difference between the two companies is that Hennas and Mauritz outsources all its production, while Zara produces at least half of their products in manufactures that they own.

Hennas and Mauritz also spends a large amount on marketing like most companies, yet it didn’t help their expansion efforts in the United States. While looking over the financials between companies, Hennas and Mauritz are listed but Zara’s individual financials aren’t listed but their holding group Inditex financials are listed. In 2001, Hennas and Mauritz had a higher net income than Inditex did, but the one year change in market value for Inditex Jumped to forty seven percent, while Hennas and Mauritz was only an eight percent change.

Zara has a more efficient lead time, with a three week design to store method that beats out the industry average of six months that Hennas and Mauritz follows. It seems that even though they are close competition, they run their business differently, and Zara has a more efficient method. Zara has the capacity to fail because investors are expecting high growth out of the fashion company that they might not be able to meet.

When considering the expansion of Zara they have to take into account, price and distribution channels that have to be adjusted for entering new countries, the fashion conscious consumer base, and considering fashion do’s and don’ts of the country that’s being entered. Another reason Zara might fail is because they don’t rely on marketing like their competitors do. Zara relies on return consumers and word of mouth and this could be a downfall for them. Zara might not travel globally ery well because the further you get from Spain and the distribution center; the more it’s going to cost to export the products.

Since Zara has its manufactures in Spain and its distribution center in Spain, the distribution to further countries is expensive. From reading the case study it seems that Zara isn’t interested in opening multiple distribution centers, therefore this will be something Zara has to work around in their goals of global expansion. Zara’s current business model is working very well for them now, but as they continue to expand I believe they will have to adapt their model to changing prices and distribution areas.

Chemistry Sodium my assignment essay help london: my assignment essay help london

Wear chemical splash goggles, chemical-resistant gloves, and a chemical-resistant apron. Please review current Material Safety Data Sheets for addi- tional safety, handling, and disposal information. Procedure: 1. Place the two halves of a Petri dish on the projection stage of an overhead projector. Pour enough sodium sulfate solution into each half of the Petri dish to Just cover the bottom of each half dish. 2. Add 2-3 mL of universal indicator to each solution to give each a rich, transparent green color. 3. Break a pencil lead in half.

Attach the leads to opposite sides of the Petri dish bottom with the alligator clips. Make sure the tip of each lead is submerged in the green solution and the alligator clips remain out of the solution. Note: The solution in the Petri dish top will serve as a control. 4. To start the demonstration, clip the 9-volt battery into the snaps on the battery cap (Figure 1). time and the production of gases (bubbling) at each electrode. A deep purple color forms immediately at the negative electrode, while at the positive electrode a red- orange color appears more slowly.

Over time, a wider range of universal indicator colors”purple, blue, green, yellow, and red”may develop Tips: Sodium sulfate is used as a source of dissolved ions to increase the current flow through the solution. In the absence of added electrolyte, no reaction will occur when the battery is connected to the pencil leads”there are no ions to “carry’ the current through the solution. The rate of electrolysis increases as the concentration of sodium sulfate increases. The sulfate ion is an extremely weak base.

The initial ndicator color for the electrolysis solution may be more blue-green rather than green. Test a small amount of sodium sulfate stock solution with universal indicator ”the solution should turn green. If the solution is teal-colored, add one drop of 0. 1 M hydrochloric acid to the stock solution Disposal: Please consult your current Flinn Scientific Catalog/Reference Manual for general guidelines and specific procedures governing the disposal of laboratory waste. The waste solutions may be disposed of down the drain with excess water according to Flinn Suggested Disposal Method #26b.

Importance of Teams Paper essay help online: essay help online

Importance of Teams Sunbeam Healthcare A Business Proposal to Improve Efficiency and Customer Service by Focusing on Teamwork Mary Ivyland Senior Vice President, Business Development Prepared by Manager, Call Center Operations May 06, 2013 Executive Summary Background Sunbeam Healthcare is a not-for-profit health care delivery system with a mission to improve the health of those they serve with a commitment to quality in all that they do.

Sunbeam Healthcare’s goal is to provide quality care and programs that set community standards, surpass patients’ expectations and are provided in a caring, onvenient, economical, and accessible manner. Sunbeam Healthcare is aiming to improve efficiency and customer satisfaction in the Call Center department through teamwork and a widespread collaboration of everyone involved. The organization has to think about teamwork when it comes to customer service. The customer does not categorize individuals in the organization based on their business unit, department or position.

They see them as one entity. Due to the budget constraints, the hiring of additional staff is not possible. Sunbeam Healthcare must find other ways to enhance and develop department productivity and customer service. Goals Sunbeam Healthcare has a firm commitment to excellence and passion for caring. As part of a department of Sunbeam Healthcare, the call center is aimed at providing a continual stream of exceptional customer service, while maintaining an efficient, effective, and well-organized unit. Incorporating teamwork is essential in accomplishing and maintaining this goal.

Methods An organization is only as strong as the team of individuals that carry on its day-to- day functions. Organizations with strong teamwork and well-built staffs are more successful than those with hectic environments and an absence of cooperation mong its employees. Building teamwork is essential to ensuring an organization has every possible advantage in an increasingly competitive setting. Cost The following table presents an initial estimate of costs. Table of Estimated Costs Measure productivity and maintain a thorough database Units: hrs. $16 hr. avg. ) $7680 Update modules and implement training sessions Rate: 480 hrs. $18 hr. (avg. ) $8640 Attend all staff assembly Units: Rate: hrs. $230/employee (avg. ) $3680 Total Cost: 16 Total Project Costs $20,000 Introduction The Call Center department would like to thank Sunbeam Healthcare for the pportunity to the request for proposal issued on May 06, 2013. As part of an organization that values providing the best quality of services, the call center department is designing ways to improve its efficiency and customer service by focusing on teamwork.

Teamwork is a vital part of many workplaces, as employees group together to undertake client and company problems. Forming teams within a business follows the old saying that “two heads are better than one. ” Teams play a significant role in the workplace. “As business expand and grow, one can no more rely on an individual effort to succeed. People have to work together, and with a business going global, a team may not always be physically present around each other.

This is the reason why the ability to lead a team and work as a team is imperative for the growth of any workplace” (“Buzzle”, 2013). Teamwork in health care is evident in trauma centers, emergency rooms, and clinics. Effective health care requires teamwork. Everyone involved must work together for a common goal. Teams that work well together make fewer mistakes, which results in better treatments results. Through coordination, communication, and responsibility, teamwork has many benefits in the health care ustomer satisfaction, and improve the overall function of an organization.

Teamwork is essential to the success of a business, and in some cases, it determines survival. In the military, individuals learn to work together because lives are at stake. Teamwork and leadership is a very important aspect of the military. The number of individuals in a troop and the complexity involved requires coordination and teamwork that depend on multiple roles and responsibilities being met. Every organization has occurrences that go wrong, but the best teams pull together during the toughest situations.

Understanding the importance of teamwork applies whether lives are at stake or not. Health care professional from various disciplines who share common patients and goals will regularly Join forces in an effort to improve the overall care-giving experience. “Effective health care teams monitor their work, making sure that all tasks are completed according to the treatment plan. They anticipate the needs of other team members and step in to help one another when needed” (Chinn, 2013). Problem solving begins with the process of finding the problem.

This is the most challenging stage because things are frequently not what they seem. Committees and task forces are increasingly used to bring together people from various parts of an organization to work on common problems. But to achieve the desired results, these teams must be carefully established and well run” (Lombardi, Schermerhorn, & Kramer, pg 77). When a task force is formed, its goals are clearly spelled out. When the desired goal is achieved, the group is broken up again, with the members returning to their normal positions.

Committees draw individuals of appropriate expertise from different parts of an organization to share information and coordinate ctions. They may have an advantage of broad viewpoints and sharing out responsibilities (“Committee”, 2013). Both committees and task forces are a significant way to undertake problems and challenges that may arise for an organization. Proposed Action Customer service and efficiency is the top goal for service-oriented organizations, such as Sunbeam’s Call Center department.

It is also an important objective for an organization, since it incorporates all relations and transactions with customer or clients. Customer service is a process that can be improved and made more efficient hrough the choice of tools and the use of the right skills. “Teamwork is defined as an activity or a set of inter-related activities undertaken by a number of people, in order to achieve a common objective” (“Career Post”, 2010). The first step is to measure productivity and maintain a through database.

Commanding heights episode medical school essay help: medical school essay help

Commanding heights: The New Rules is the third film in the series and is about the 21st century economy. PBS sponsored the film under the direction of Michael Sullivan to inform the public about the economic situation. They speak about how the economy adapted to what is today. How the world nationalized third world countries allowing exchange and investment. Episode 3 addresses the current and future problems of a globalized world. That’s the structure of the film. The film clearly, thoroughly, and excitingly explains this through historic facts and stories told by citizens who lived during the changes.

This is not an economics lesson but rather a high dramatic event that impacts peoples lives. Commanding Heights shows that it is people who create the ideas, it is people who accept or reject them, it is people who profit or suffer by them. The series travels to the locations where events happened, and in many cases, interviews the people who made them happen, from Bill Clinton to Milton Friedman to workers in various countries. Episode three encompasses that along with globalization and an open free market and period of peace and advancement of technologies and ideological views will happen.

A global economy ill introduce a path to peace and prosperity for rich and poor nation alike. The New Rules of the Gamin 1992, things looked bad for the U. S. economy: Western Europe was assembling into a powerful economic alliance (the European Union) to compete with America, Japan’s economy was unstoppable, and the U. S. was in the worst recession in decades. The North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) was a trade agreement between the U. S. , Canada and Mexico that lowered, but did not eliminate, many trade barriers between the three countries.

In large part, Bush wanted to get NAFTA approved to strengthen the U. S. economy against Japan and Europe. The negotiations for NAFTA began under his term. NAFTA became an issue during the 1992 elections. Bush wanted NAFTA 100%, Perot wanted it cancelled, and Clinton wanted NAFTA, but with important amendments added to force Mexico to raise labor and pollution standards so they would have to compete on more even footing with American workers. Clinton won, and his plan was put into action. The labor unions gave Bill Clinton the support he needed to win.

NAFTA led to a huge increase in the amount of trade between the three countries. Likewise, each country ad significant GDP growth that was directly attributable to the freer trade. The biggest growth was in Mexico, in wealth and employment. The impact on the U. S. was that 400,000 American Jobs were lost to more competitive workers and factories south of the border, American unions sustained major and lasting damage to their political influence and membership, and the gap between rich and poor Americans grew wider.

As in previous cases, deregulation and freer trade benefitted a whole economy in aggregate while severely hurting a small percentage of people and massively benefitting some companies that are able to take advantage of the new rade policies. In the global economy, annual trade in tangible goods and services is worth $8 trillion while trade in currencies is worth $288 trillion. U. S. workers in both public and private sectors have trillions of dollars invested in work-related retirement portion of American workers’ pensions is invested overseas.

Thus, most American workers are significantly invested in the global economy. After NAFTA, Clinton pursued other important trade liberalization policies across the world. One of his major accomplishments was strengthening the global free market in the aftermath of Communism’s collapse. In 1994, Mexico faced political and economic crisis, and the country came to the brink of defaulting omits foreign debt. There was real fear that the country, left to its own devices, could fall into chaos, and millions of refugees would head north into the U.

S. Clinton had crisis meetings with his advisors over the issue and decided to give Mexico a $50 billion loan. It worked to stabilize the country, Mexico repaid the money ahead of schedule, and the U. S. looked like a benevolent actor to the world. However, many critics considered Clinton’s actions to be a prime example of moral hazard: By bailing out the Mexican government, the U. S. was in essence bailing out thousands of private investors who had put money into the country without properly weighing the risks.

The bailout signaled the private sector that it could make similarly bad future investment choices without fear since the U. S. would again rescue them. Critics feared this would make sovereign debt crises more likely. “Globalization” is defined as the free flow of goods, services, capital, and labor across national borders. China has a number of “Free Trade Zones,” which are small geographic areas in which companies can build factories to build and export nything with very few restrictions. The Zones are exempt from China’s otherwise strict business and export laws.

Seaports and airports are usually located very close tour within Free Trade Zones. At long last, Japan’s economic bubble burst in the 1990’s and the country slid into a major recession that it never really recovered from. American fears of Japan someday “taking over” the world economically were quickly and permanently dispelled. In the beginning America was behind Japan and Europe in trading and economic growth, thus NAFTA was created to allow trading between North America. The United States were now able to trade freely with Canada and Mexico, providing great economic growth for all three countries in North America.

When trading borders opened up Tijuana became a massive manufacturer of televisions for the United States, Northern Mexico was able to open up many Jobs giving opportunities to Southern Mexicans. This created an economic boom in North America leading to a surge that would be able to compete with other Countries, because this would allow us to buy cheaper goods. In the end although it hurt American Jobs because Mexico’s goods were cheaper, Both Bush and Clinton wanted NAFTA to succeed in order to put labor and pollution laws into effect in all the countries involved.

Streetcar named Desire my assignment essay help: my assignment essay help

Life is an uphill battle that is full of challenges. It’s full of many uncertainties. Blanche is known as a pathological liar who lives in the past and gives into desire. Based on her inability to control her desires, Blanche is to blame. A Streetcar Named Desire by Tennessee Williams describes Blanche Dubois as a neurotic central character who lives in a fantasy world of old south chivalry but cannot control her desires. Although Blanche is to blame for herown demise, society did play a role in the person she became.

The story is about the fading and desperate Blanche DuBois and how her ensuous and brutal brother-in-law, Stanley Kowalski, pushes her over the edge. The story takes place in a working-class neighborhood in New Orleans during the late 1940s. When times get rough, who is to blame for your downfall, yourself or the ones around you? Society can be used to argue Blanche’s demise. Blanche DuBois once referred to herself as a Southern Belle: a woman who has great wealth, behaves like a lady, and is typically beautiful. Blanche’s main problem is overcoming her past.

Blanche’s thoughts about herself prove the fact the she is living in a fantasy world rather than eality. Blanche’s inability to overcome her past truly haunted her. Her husband, Allan Grey, shot himself. He committed suicide after Blanche caught him cheating on her with another man. Blanche’s life continued to go downhill from this point. After the death of her husband, she ran out of money to pay her mortgage. The death of her family members is the reason for the of “lost” Belle Reve (the DuBois family plantation) because “death is expensive” .

Blanche’s inability to pay her mortgage resulted in her moving out of Belle Reve and into Hotel Flamingo. Blanche felt a sense f pleasure at the hotel. Her financial difficulties were improving and her sexual desires were being taken care of as well. She was kicked out of the Hotel Flamingo and had no other choice, but to live with her sister and brother-in-law, Stella and Stanley Kowalski. Stella is Blanche’s down-to-earth sister who seems satisfied with her life as the wife a factory worker, Stanley. Stanley is Stella’s abusive husband and the bane of Blanche’s existence.

Throughout the course of the story, Blanche begins to receive less support from Stella. As Stella learns more and more about Blanche’s ast, it begins to haunt her. Blanche is so used to being used and mistreated by men that she loses her one chance of happiness, with Mitch. Mitch is a momma’s boy who knows how to treat a woman right, if, the woman deserves to be treated right. Mitch fell for Blanche until he, too, learned of her past. Then like all the others, Mitch turned to Blanche for one reason, sexual intercourse. Mitch explains to Blanche, mfou’re not clean enough to bring in the house with my mother. (150) Society played a huge role in Blanche’s demise. The way people treated her affected the way she reated herself and others. Blanche is unfit to be accepted by anyone in society. As Blanche’s age increases, so do her amount of lies. Blanche’s lies are one of the main reasons for her demise. Blanche lies about her past whenever the conversation is brought about. As Stanley shows his interest in what happened to Belle Reve, it his tent on the door step. This is one of the instances where Blanche continually lies until Stanley reveals the truth. Stanley reveals information about Blanche’s past to everyone.

This becomes a huge turning point in the story because no one has faith in Blanche anymore. Everyone begins to see who the real Blanche is, a crazy unstable women, who lives in the past. Blanche proclaims to Stella, “l wasn’t so good the last two years or so, after Belle Reve had started to slip through my fingers. ” (91). In other words, Blanche is trying to blame her past on the events that occurred with Belle Reve. Instead of being honest with everyone, she looks for the easy way out and refuses to admit the truth. Stella lies on many different circumstances. Stanley asks information about the Flamingo Hotel.

Stanleys testing her honesty. She tells him hat she does not know him and would also never be seen in a hotel like the Flamingo. However, she seems nervous when Stanley asked , which implies that she is lying. Stanley speaks out to Stella, “… She moved to the Flamingo! A second class hotel which has the advantage of not interfering in the private social life of the personalities there. The Flamingo is used to all kinds of goings-on. But even the management of the Flamingo was impressed by Dame Blanche that they requested her to turn in her room-key – for permanently!. ” (120). Stanley is trying to explain to

Stella, the real reason why Blanche showed up in New Orleans. She gives into her desires and had many affairs at the Flamingo. Blanche’s biggest weakness throughout her life was giving into desire. Blanche states, “l don’t want realism, I want magic” (145). Every action and every word out of Blanche’s mouth is based on illusion. Her story of why she’s ended up at Stella’s door is an illusion. The way she covers the harsh light of the bare bulb with a paper shade is an illusion. The lies she tells Mitch are an illusion. The only positive time in her life was when she was ‘happily’ married to her first husband.

Every action and every word out of Blanche’s mouth is determined to recreate this time, this youth. But even that happiness was an illusion, her husband only married her in an attempt to deal with his homosexuality. Blanche’s life was full of desire. The path that Blanche has taken to get to Stella and Stanley’s, represents her demise. It’s the same downfall that led her first husband to suicide. Blanche’s Journey to New Orleans represents many deaths. It’s her cultural demise from refined southern lady to being broke and mentally ill. It’s her demise from a huge plantation to a cot in a one bedroom lower- lass apartment.

Every thing leads to a symbolic death for Blanche. Living the truth (someone who fulfills their desire by entertaining men at a seedy hotel) is death for Blanche. The tragedy of Blanche’s situation is that she’s not dumb. She knows what’s coming no matter how hard she tries to hide from the truth. Despite a flair for the dramatic, she knows what will happen. Her inability to control her desire is the reason Blanche is to blame for her own demise. Life is full of unexpected challenges and difficulties. Blanche DuBois learns in her life, that anything is possible.

Power of Simile easy essay help: easy essay help

The Power of Simile Throughout Macbeth, Shakespeare seems to choose his words with care. Although written in a formal style, the author fabricated a colorful play with the use of metaphors, imagery, and iambic pentameter by cautiously placing the words in order to fulfill a certain rhythm; however, Shakespeare exhibits a somewhat distinct use of simile throughout Macbeth (Hudson). As stated by the Oxford Dictionary, a simile is a figure of speech involving the comparison of one thing with another thing of a different kind. In order words, a simile is the comparison of two or more unlike things Hudson).

The author exercises simile by conveying a concept to the reader and portraying a picture to be more emphatic or vivid than it is especially in the following scenes: when he describes the battle between Norway and Scotland, when he describes the fervor with which Macbeth and Banquo fght in the beginning of the tale, and when he describes the murderers that he hires to eliminate Banquo (Hudson). Shakespeare conveys the concept of the battle between Norway and Scotland by using simile. “Doubtful it stood, as two spent swimmers that do cling together and choke their art” (l. ii. 7).

Here, the Captain tells King Duncan that the armies were like two effete swimmers clutching each other for their lives. At the commencement of the play, Shakespeare seems to use a significant amount of similes in order to make the reader visualize the battle. The author attempts to relate similar ideas that may be known to the reader in order to explain the occurring event. Shakespeare depicts the force Macbeth and Banquo used to fight the counterattack of the Norwegian King vividly by using simile. “… They were as cannons overcharged with double cracks, so they doubled strokes upon the foe” (1. . 35).

Here, the Captain tells King Duncan that Macbeth and Banquo fought Norway with double force. The Captain then compares Macbeth and Banquo to cannons with double ammunition. Shakespeare also seems to use imagery, but in an emphatic way. The author shows emphasis by describing Macbeth and Banquo as if they were cannons; he compels the reader to understand the degree of intensity at the time of the battle. The use of the simile also portrays the Captain to be passionate about the battle. Shakespeare showcases a unique use of simile that is not exercised by many oets; he periodically builds a simile on the same plan (Hudson). … As hounds and greyhounds, mongrels, spaniels, curs, Shoughs, water-rugs and demi-wolves, are clept0 All by the name of dogs. The valued file Distinguishes the swift, the slow, the subtle, The housekeeper, the hunter, every one According to the gift which bounteous nature0 Hath in him closed; whereby he does receive, Particular addition from the bill That writes them all alike. And so of men. Not i’ the worst rank of manhood, say ‘t, And I will put that business in your bosoms, Whose execution takes your enemy off,

Grapples you to the heart and love of us, Who wear our health but sickly in his life, Which in his death were perfect” (111. 1. 92-108). Here, the author starts with Macbeth calling the murderers part of the species called men, therefore saying that the murderers can act on revenge. He then elucidates his statement further by giving a comparison to dogs; that Just like men, dogs have their own species, for example, mongrels and spaniels. Shakespeare then builds on the simile by writing a couple of lines that expanded the simile but also linked the simile to the first statement.

Tim Burton Analytical research essay help: research essay help

The dark lighting showed Edward’s loneliness, however, the bright lighting of the town and Pegs house showed how he was able to create a relationship with the town’s people, which he was unable to do previously in the tower. In Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, Wonka did not have a good relationship with his father, so the flashbacks of his childhood are in a darker light. The dark lighting in Charlie and the Chocolate Factory and Edward Scissorhands stresses the importance of relationships. In accordance with dark lighting, Burton also uses contrasting sets exemplify the mportance of relationships.

In Big Fish, when Edward Bloom unexpectedly arrives in Spectre for the first time, the town is green and lush with vegetation, and the townspeople are happy and worry free. While he was in Spectre, he promised a little girl he would return. However when he returned after many years, the town was barren and businesses were closed. This contrasting set shows he was not there for the town when they needed him; therefore the town was barren when he returned for the second time. In Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, Wonka creates an amazing hocolate factory to substitute the happiness of having a good relationship with his father.

Contrastingly, Charlie’s house may not be as extravagant as the factory, but Charlie has a loving family. The opposing sets between the factory and Charlie’s home shows the importance of relationships. In Big Fish and Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, contrasting sets show the importance of relationships Moreover, the use of close ups exemplifies the importance of relationships. In Big Fish, when Edward Bloom is lying in the hospital bed, and Will Bloom, Edward’s son, inished the story of his father’s fantasy death, there is a close up of Will’s face.

Will knows his father is going to die and that all of the tall tales that his father told were true. The close up shows that if Will had trusted his father, they would have a better relationship. In Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, whenever the conversation of parents began, Wonka would act uncomfortable. From afar the viewer does not see the sadness, but the close up shows the sadness in his eyes. Wonka is sad he does not have a good relationship with his father, therefore the close up shows that elationships are important.

In Big Fish and Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, the close ups of the characters show the importance of relationships. Burton has a passion for making movies, and he puts all of his effort into creating extravagant sets and costumes in his movies. As seen in Big Fish, Edward Scissorhands, and Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, Burton creates personal messages to convey his inner feelings. In these movies, Tim Burton utilizes dark lighting, contrasting sets, and close ups to epitomize the importance the importance of relationships.

Chaucer Parody college essay help los angeles: college essay help los angeles

Chaucer Parody: The General Prologue Here begins the Tales of Bama Bound Orientation. Beginning in May when High Schools begin to grace seniors with the sweet ceremony of graduation and each student has declared and committed to their future universities. When high school principals bid their seniors adieu and their caps have been thrown; they go on trips to these universities in places near and far. Of those places is in the state of Alabama, and new students make their way to Tuscaloosa, to seek a higher education and help from those upperclassmen who volunteer as Avanti orientation leaders to uide students on their upcoming college years.

One day, during this month of May, I myself was going on this trip to orientation. As I waited in the lobby of the Ferg, I was called into my small group session, it happened that in my group were seven other students who were all Joined together by the number on our name tags, two. All of the students were freshmen, coming to The University of Alabama for the first time, and when the group leaders rounded us together, we all conversed as we walked to Gorgas 205 to begin our orientation journey. While we had the time, I studied each if the students who would become my uture classmates one by one.

I think it is only appropriate for me to take the time to describe them too you. The impression they gave, where they came from, and how they were dressed. I will begin with the football player. There was a football player who was recruited by Nick Saban himself and was a worthy player, strong, fast, and very sportsmanlike. He had lead his high school to a state championship three years in a row, and was recruited by every school from the north to the south, but it was no surprise he chose Alabama. He was regarded by ESPN as the top college freshmen player, and had many times made national news or his achievements.

He worked to defend Alabama football in the preseason and was a crucial player in the Ole Miss and Louisiana State games. Not only is he talented in football, but also he was the definition of a southern gentleman, and liked by all. He seems to be an exceptionally hard worker, prevalent from the fact that he came to the orientation straight from practice, still in his practice Jersey and shorts. With him was his best friend, the ultimate Alabama fan and lover of all things football. He was a handsome boy, but much shorter than his athletic friend, and ould easily be as well liked as his best friend.

But, he was also know was quite the ladies man and would Just about anything for the perfect game day date. He wore a shirt printed with every National Championship year in crimson and white. Throughout the walk all he did was rattle off football statics including how many sacks Sunseri had last year and the average number of completed passes AJ McCarron had a game. There was nothing he loved more than a tailgate and a football game in Bryant-Denning Stadium. He was loyal, almost to a fault, and would do almost anything for his friend and football.

Following them around like a puppy dog was a sorority girl, or a future sorority sorority since she began high school. Beginning with her hair, which was frizz free and perfectly teased, with her make up fully done, and diamonds in her ears. Around her neck was a single stand of pearls with laid over her brand new Lilly Pulitzer dress. Her large handbag was from some designer and bared her monogram on the side. To complete her too perfect look was gold sandals covering perfectly pedicured toes. Although she came off as sweet and kind, it was clear from the looks she gave people that her nose was stuck in the air.

The big gleaming purity ring on her left ring finger also served no purpose, considering the rather large spot on her neck that was a different shade of tan from the rest of her skin. She enjoyed talking about her many summer trips to Rome and Paris and loved when the boys of the group complimented her on her looks. Behind her was a girl who had been homeschooled her whole life. She was very quiet and introverted, but what was most striking about her were her manners and mannerisms. Her parents had spent years of her education teaching her perfect etiquette that covered everything from walking properly to how to talk to people.

When she did eventually speak, she was so kind and told us about all the charity work she was going to do over the summer, including a mission trip for those less fortunate. She kept and water bottle on her and she knew how to drink it perfectly as to not get any water from inside the bottle or condensation from the outside of the bottle on her clothes. It was frightening to see the amount of hand sanitizer she kept in her bag; afraid of germs on the things she touched. She was dressed in a simple but her white polo and khaki skirt that were perfectly ironed, not a wrinkle in sight.

And it was not as if she was bad looking, she had perfectly clear skin, slender facial features, and beautiful grey eyes. On her shirt, she wore a pin that was gold and bore a cross and a heart on top of it, showing her love of her faith. There was also a fraternity pledge, a large boy who was still in his clothing from the party he attended the night before. He was tall, and well proportioned, except for the obvious beer belly that already had begun to form in his stomach area. His hair looked as if he did not know that hairbrushes exist, and the scruff he had on his chin was speckled with who knows what.

In his pants pocket he kept his trophies form the night before, which consisted of a girl’s earring, a handful of phone numbers, and ten beer bottle caps. He believed that these would be his ticket to being accepted by others but in reality it Just made most of the group, and people in general annoyed and nauseous. He often went around and tried to get girls to come to parties with him, but the bumps around his lips which he proclaimed as pimples, but it was too uncertain what exactly they were to take the risk of being near them. The group concluded with a self-proclaimed hipster boy who hailed form the

Northeast. He was very tall, almost too tall and very lanky. He wore clothes from Urban Outfitters and wore big old-fashioned Ray Ban glasses, whether he actually needed the glasses is still unknown, but they made him look like he marched to the beat of his own drum. The beat up converse sneakers on his feet traveled some distance walking the streets of the city, and had traveled some distance to get all the way to Alabama. He spoke of his many nights at home where he listened to alternative music with his cats and the many political rallies he had attended that stories in.

He always kept the Journal in his hands with a pen in his pocket, Just incase he was inspired by something, which happened often. Now that you have an idea of who is in the group, we can continue the rest of our journey at Bama Bound. We had gathered in the lobby of the Gorgas Library and now it is time to tell you of how we really got to know each other. Our Avanti leaders lead us into the classroom we were assigned to, 205, where we were excited to start our day. Our Avanti leaders made us all super happy by giving us refreshments. The waters were ice cold compared to the sticky and hot Alabama eather we had Just been walking in.

One of our Avanti leaders was a tall skinny boy who was Just as excited as us for the orientation, the other was a short, high strung girl who seemed a little too over excited but in the moment it was okay because everyone was nervous and wanted to make a good impression. After introducing himself, the boy Avanti began the session. “Welcome freshmen to your first day as Alabama students,” he began mfou guys are biggest group we have had yet! And the liveliest, which is very good. Throughout the next two days we will be taking you on a Journey that will road map the next four ears of your life here at Alabama.

But before we do that, we have to get to know each other so its time for an ice breaker. ” We all silently agreed to participate in the icebreaker immediately. Icebreakers were fun and it would be a great way to make the morning pass. “Great! We can make this a game,” said the female Avanti, “now that you all agreed to do the icebreaker, which will be your will tell us about a time that you embarrassed yourself, me and my partner will consider each of your stories over lunch and then decide whose stories were the most embarrassing. The person we ecide had the most embarrassing story will receive five free t-shirts, courtesy of the SUPeStore.

But there are some rules. First no one repeats any of the stories they her here today. Second, no interrupting a person throughout their story. These are all the rules and if you all agree we can begin. ” We all agreed again immediately, because five free t-shirts were well worth everyone knowing your most embarrassing story. Wasting no time, we quickly chose who would go first by picking numbers from a hat, whoever picked out the number one would go first but after it was a free for all nd whoever wanted to tell their story could.

When we opened our little papers with our numbers on it, the football player rose and stated he has the number one paper. Everyone was dubious to the fact that someone who seemed so perfect could really have an embarrassing story, but at the same time everyone was excited for the game to commence. When he was positioned in the front of the room and ready the football player stated “since I am starting this game, I apologize in advance for winning and I hope you enjoy my story,” and he proceeded to begin his story with a triumphant smile on his face.

School to Prison Pipeline write my essay help: write my essay help

Topic: School-to-prison Pipeline Research Paper What is meant by the school-to-prison pipeline? What are ways to address this problem? The school-to-prison pipeline is a devastating part of reality for all too many students. The pipeline in definition is simply a term representing the tendency for certain students to easily end up in prison during or shortly after schooling. To decrease this tendency, it is important that teachers are aware of the issue and that the community as a whole works to implement policies that actually work, and eliminate the ones that strengthen the pipeline.

Looking specifically at the pipeline amongst individuals with disabilities, it is evident that the population of those with disabilities is highly overrepresented within the prison system (Elias, 2013). Part of understanding the pipeline involves understanding the prevalence of minorities in the pipeline, looking at school’s zero tolerance policies and knowing what teachers can do in order to diminish the pipeline.

Effects on Minorities – Disability Minorities, including students with disabilities, are most at risk for becoming part of this pipeline. Students that have learning disabilities or emotional disabilities are ften times both in the lower testing category and seen as more difficult to teach, which targets these students by increasing the likelihood that they will get into the pipeline. Students with disabilities that show even remote delinquent behavior are much more at risk to enter detention centers (Kim, C. Y. , Losen, D. J. , & Hewitt, D, 2010).

Instead of staff being encouraged to help students and work to resolve issues they may have that is causing delinquent behavior, (which may simply be a quick fix issue or a matter of needing someone to talk to) schools put them into the prison system (Wald, J. M. , & Losen, D. J, 2003). Having disabilities often impacts success when not given proper instruction (Ruppar, 2013). When students are not doing well (Ruppar, 2013). These are real issues, and it shows in the statistics. Students with emotional and or behavioral disabilities have a 56% drop out rate, which is the highest drop out rate of any other category of disability.

Of those that drop out of school, 75% of them are arrested within three to five years of leaving school (Ruppar, 2013). Overrepresentation is also an issue when it comes to the pipeline. When students are enrolled in special education classes that do not have a disability, or hat would benefit more from being involved with inclusion programs, they have a higher chance of drop out and entrance into the pipeline (Togut, 2012). Zero tolerance policies effect all students as well as minorities when it comes to the school to prison pipeline.

Zero Tolerance Policy An idea that at first sounds like a good one, a concept that makes children and their parents feel safe, a term that has life devastating backlash and consequences, is the infamous “Zero-Tolerance Policy’. When the topic is brought up about the school-to- prison pipeline, the majority of articles will also mention this policy and its negative ffects on the issue. When the policy gets implemented under the wrong hands, it can have devastating effects. Years ago, misbehavior could be seen as “kids being kids”.

Movies often portray kids misbehaving in ways such as food fghts. Present day, acts as simple as the latter can result in multiple arrests. Children as young as fourth grade have been handcuffed and given a criminal record of “misdemeanor conduct,” simply due to throwing a french fry in the lunchroom (Saulny, 2009). With zero tolerance policies involving police in schools, five year old children having temper tantrums have led to being put in handcuffs (Halkett, 2012). Studies show that arrests, even without expulsion, put kids on a fast track to dropping out of school (Lowery, 2013).

When children have to pass through metal detectors and then are hovered over by police officers every minute of their school day, kids see police more as “waiting for them to do something wrong” and develop a negative view of law enforcement, rather than seeing them as there for their own protection (Lowery, 2013). Taking control away from teachers and placing it in the hands of law enforcement also reduces the level of respect for teachers and school administrators (Chongmin Na & Denise C. Gottfredson, 2011).

Once students enter the Juvenile detention system, chances for them to succeed decline dramatically. Systems tend to be focused on keeping them from worse rather than putting them on the right track to succeed. Simple acts such as school pranks misinterpreted can lead even a straight a student into the prison system, and once they are in the system, it becomes very difficult to get out and stay out. It is even more difficult for students with disabilities that get into the system to get out due to factors such as difficulty learning in school, lack of inclusion, and confidence issues.

Students with disabilities re twice as likely to be suspended, and 70% of issues regarding behavior with individuals with disabilities result in physical restraint (Halkett, 2012). Although there have been devastating effects of the zero tolerance policy and school to prison pipeline, educators can prevent them. Teacher Influence Teachers have a big opportunity to do their part in diminishing the pipeline. Teachers know their students, and have the ability to help them learn and love school (Elias, 2013).

Teachers need to care enough about their students and be a good role seen as an enjoyable place to be to begin with, and when that school environment is aired with difficulty learning, bullying, and lack of integration due to a disability, it becomes a toxic environment. Teachers have the ability to make school an enjoyable place to be. For high school students, graduating needs to be an exciting goal. When students with disabilities are expected to have a low paying Job and low success whether they graduate or not, many students find that there is little ambition to graduate.

Teachers have the responsibility of teaching their students that this is not the case, and that graduating is a great and powerful accomplishment. Testing that olds teachers responsible for their students test scores also has effects promoting the school-to-prison pipeline. When test scores are below acceptability, students occasionally get “pushed out”. Teachers can do something about this by advocating to their students that they are not a test score, and being supportive of their students regardless of scoring.

An important aspect is that teachers use a positive behavioral approach to discipline (Coggshall,J. G. , Osher, D. & Colombi, G. , 2013). Through looking at the zero tolerance policy, it is evident that punishment only strengthens the pipeline. According to recent studies, most teachers are supportive of removing students with behavioral disorders from classrooms, which results in lack of skills and knowledge training on educators end (Coggshall, J. G. , Osher, D. & Colombi, G. , 2013).

A good way for teachers to combat issues in the classroom is to develop a relationship with students that involve respect. When teachers get to know their students, understand their learning level, understand their capabilities, provide engaging and encouraging instruction, push them to have high expectations for themselves, and teach students to respect themselves and peers, there is a lot of otential for a more positive learning involvement that isn’t centered around discipline and hatred of school (Coggshall,J. G. , Osher, D. & Colombi, G. , 2013).

What Can Be Done There are many alternatives that can be used to prevent the reinforcement of the school to prison pipeline. Regardless of the route taken, the main objective is to make students feel safe without making them feel like perpetrators (Meiners, 2011). One way to avoid students slipping into the prison system is to change discipline policies. Rather than focusing on removing students from classrooms as punishment, schools an work to incorporate in school suspensions or community service as an alternate (Lowery, 2013). Another thing that has become more popular is the idea of youth courts.

Youth courts were developed as a way to decrease the amount of youth that end up in the prison system, and allow youth to serve as Judges and on Juries for judging their own peers. Students that have gotten in trouble with the law are provided a way to learn more about the system and learn personal skills in the process. When students aren’t connected to their environment, it’s easy to give up and drop out. By being Judged by their peers in a setting that is not condescending, it allows youth to feel more in control (Cole, H. A. , & Heilig, J. , 2011).

Altering zero tolerance policies to be less harsh is another alternative to completely eliminating them. In different instances, it has been successful when school systems add clauses that account for more leeway (Lowery, 2013). School districts can assess their rates of student drop out and determine instances with the law every year while implanting intervention to specifically only when acts are classified as crimes also works to limit unnecessary arrests (Halkett, 2012). By working closely with local police departments, schools can work to limit student arrests and the use of handcuffs on school grounds.

Training teachers on how to use positive behavioral interventions, and remembering to always explain to students why certain things are being implemented have also had good success rates (Elias, 2013). The school-to-prison pipeline is a devastating occurrence that has the ability to be diminished. With proper training from a teacher standpoint and a general knowledge base of the prevalence of students with disabilities among this system, steps can be taken to reduce the prevalence of the pipeline. Taking small shifts to make this a possibility will result in long lasting and positive results (Elias, 2013)

Hypochondroplasia essay help 123: essay help 123

This, in the end leads to he disturbances in bone growth which are the characteristics of this disorder. Individuals living with the condition are known to have a completely normal life expectancy. In simpler terms, hypochondroplasia is a genetic form of short stature, which belongs toa class of dwarfism. This is a result of a problem with bone formation or growth. Individuals with hypochondroplasia show a disproportion in arms and legs, being shorter than the average size. Only 70% of hypochondroplasia cases are caused by the mutation of the FGFR3 gene.

It is believed that the other 30% of remaining cases are caused by the ndividual having another FGFR3 gene, which is inherited in an autosomal dominant manner. There is a 50% chance that a person with this condition will pass it on to each with 2 altered copies of the FGFR3 gene (meaning both parents are affected), they tend to have more severe problems with bone growth then a child would if it were born with Just 1 FGFR3 mutation. However, a child can be born with hypochondroplasia to average size parents. This happens due to a new chance change (mutation), meaning that the risk of this happening again is virtually zero.

Hypochondroplasia, is Just one of many in a family of bone dysplasias which are aused by the same mutation in the FGFR3 gene. Some examples of other conditions in this family are, achondroplasia (which is the closest to hypochondroplasia but more severe), SADDAN syndrome, and thanatophoric dysplasia. Hypochondroplasia however, is known to be the mildest in this particular series of related conditions. Common features of one with hypochondroplasia are, short arms, short legs, broad, short hands and feet, large head, limited range of motion at the elbows, sway of the lower back, and bowed legs.

It is estimated that 1 in every 15,000 to 40,000 newborns are born with hypochondroplasia each year, in the USA alone. This works out to only 0. 01% of the population. One site reports that there are approximately 180,000 to 312,000 known live births, to date. Health Conditions Associated With Hypochondroplasia GROWTH An individual with hypochondroplasia, will reach a total adult height of 3’10” to 5’5″ (118-165cm). The median height for people with this condition is usually 48″. Sometimes the diagnosis of this condition can be delayed due to growth being so close to normal, in the first 3 years of life.

Parents should pay close attention to the other health conditions associated with this condition, in order to catch the diagnosis arly enough so that they can deal with the potential problems to come. Some may choose to use a growth hormone however; this has a very minimal effect, if any. HEAD GROWTH About 50% of children with hypochondroplasia also have macrocephaly, meaning their head is abnormally large. This condition is diagnosed when the circumference of the child’s head is more than two times the average size for children of their same age, race, sex, and period of gestation.

Regular neuroimaging should be done if the growth of the child head accelerates or if signs and symptoms of hydrocephalus (which is caused by the buildup of erebrospinal fluid) occur. In some more severe cases, ventriculoperitoneal shunting is performed. Signs and symptoms to watch for when determining if one has hydrocephalus are, abnormal gait, urinary incontinence, and dementia. Seizures are evident in only a small number of hypochondroplasia cases, this being number being near 5-10%. However, in almost all of these cases individuals also have temporal lobe dysgenesis, which is a structural abnormality of the brain.

The standard treatments used for individuals with epilepsy can be used by those with hypochondroplasia, for the treatment of seizures. Health Conditions Associated with Hypochondroplasia (Cont’d) DEVELOPMENT Near half of individuals with hypochondroplasia are diagnosed with a learning disability, 10-12% of these individuals have a secondary diagnosis of mental retardation. Special programing and teachers directed to an individual’s specific needs are available for those who require the assistance.

Odyssey essay help writer: essay help writer

The Odyssey by Homer is an epic poem about the hero, Odysseus. Odysseus throughout the epic longs to go home and be back with his family. He Journeys throughout the epic and encounters many things and people. Why does Homer make Odysseus the epic hero? What makes him the hero? Why was it not any other man with a normal name? Odysseus is the epic hero because he is strong and cunning, he encounters struggles, and he has perseverance. Odysseus is the epic hero because of his strength and cunningness.

When Odysseus and some of his crewmen are rapped by the Cyclops, Odysseus gives the Cyclops wine which made the Cyclops drunk and fell asleep. With this chance the remaining men and Odysseus drove the pike into the eye of the Cyclops’ eye and it made the Cyclops blind and he had to move the stone of boulder from the entrance of the cave. The men and Odysseus escape from the island. Odysseus enhances his strength and cunningness to fght and continue on his Journey. Odysseus has made a bow that only his strength could string and shoot from the bow, that Penelope uses to choose the suitor who she will arry after twenty years.

Odysseus has this strength and cunningness that allows him to outwit his opponents. The hero in the Odyssey encounters struggles in his journey. Throughout the epic poem, Odysseus has encountered scuffles in his journey. Odysseus went through the struggle of losing his men, which he cared for deeply. He battles to pass the Sirens yelling for his crew to untie him but they did not listen to Odysseus. Odysseus tries to persuade his men to bypass Thrinacia but they insist on landing. The crew disobeys Helios and feasted on Helios’ castle, so Zeus killed Odysseus’ crew and Odysseus survived alone.

He drifts to Calypsos island and stays there for seven years. Struggles characterize a hero. Odysseus fghts back the urges to hug his son and reveal when he returned. For example, “Homer says, Think of a man whose dear and only son, born to him in exile, reared with labor, has lived ten years abroad and now returns: how would that man embrace his son! ” Even how much many Odysseus might have not wanted to encounter struggles, he must. To ontinue on the Journey, despite the struggles, makes Odysseus has this sense of dedication.

Perseverance is a characteristic that heroes have. Odysseus continues on his Journey even though Calypso gave him a warning of all the trials along his journey. Losing his men in the war and Journey home have hurt him but he never lost sight of his goal to finally reach his home. Odysseus, even after twenty years, continues to look forward. He might have stumbled and fell but Odysseus got up, dusted himself off and continued walking. After being held in Calypsos island for nother seven year, Odysseus still waits and longs for his home.

Perseverance conveys time and patience; it is amplifies a hero. The Odyssey by Homer has made an epic poem of an amazing epic hero. Odysseus has never lost sight of reaching home. After all, home has open arms outstretched, ready for the homecoming. A hero does not always have a happy ending or have an ending at all, the Journey Just continues. Odysseus has succeeded after being held captive for years, his men dying, the test from Penelope and after Journeying for twenty years. Odysseus is the epic

Reaction to rip van winkle essay help online free: essay help online free

Rip Van Winkle is a short story written from the Dutch history. This tale was found among the papers of the late Deidrich Knickerbocker, an old gentleman of New York, who was very curious in the Dutch history of the province. The history is about a man who sleeps for twenty years in the Catskill Mountains to a much-changed world. The story describes the experience of Van Winkle had upon waking up after his twenty years nap. “He had now entered the skirts of the village. A troop of strange children ran at his heels, hooting after him, and pointing at his gray beard.

The dogs, too, none of which he recognized for his old acquaintances, barked at him as he passed. The very village was altered: it was larger and more populous. There were rows of houses which he had never seen before… surely this was his native village, which he had left but the day before. There stood the Catskill Mountains”there ran the silver Hudson at a distance”there was every hill and dale precisely as it had been always been. ” The passage describes Rip Van Winkle enters his village after he wakes up from his nap.

But to his amaze, he recognizes nobody and only finds strange people staring at him. He was surprised to see new people, new houses and young children hooting at him. He seems to be confused, if he has entered in the right village but, he recognizes the nature around there and confirm himself. The above passage delivers a lot more about a new born America, which has changed a lot in twenty years. The people and their tradition has changed while, the nature and the real America he identifies with is still the same.

The passage reflects the similarity between the modern America and an ancient America two hundred years back with same core qualities that America got since hundred years before. Today, America is an independent nation that host beautiful, mountainous country sides, high hills, beautiful rivers and towns and of course wonderful hardworking people. After, I read the last sentence of the above passage, I realized that, although the time changes the surroundings and the environment will remain the same.

On the other hand, the story expresses the history of America to the world. This tale also depicts the people of America two hundred years ago. In the story; Rip Van Winkle was a very hard worker who always assisted other people in their farms. But accidentally, he slept for twenty long years. During the period, the Americans changed themselves along with the time. They worked hard to develop their civilization and precede one step forward ahead of others. They built their new houses, put on new clothes, formed ifferent political party and form their government.

So, these clarify how people were dedicated to change themselves and their place in ancient America. After reading this story, I came to a conclusion that Rip Van Winkle is not Just a story to tell. It is a story that describes modern day America which has cherishes the story as a living figure head of the culture of America. It is a story that sets a prime example of the modern America through its beauty, opportunity, politics and independence. reaction to rip van winkle By praJwa133

Abortion: Pregnancy and Whispered Word a level english language essay help: a level english language essay help

James Furgerson Liberty University Abstract The purpose of this paper is to write an essay of on the topic of abortion and then describe it in one of the 3 sociological forms which is Symbolic Interactionism, Class Conflict Theory or Functional Analysis. Keywords: Abortion The subject I have chosen to talk about is abortions. According to the Article (Abortion in America’s not rare, 2013) which states that, “because of the Supreme Court’s decision on Roe vs.

Wade, and the existence of organizations like Planned matter is that Abortion is the determination of an innocent life and is murder in the yes of God and the only reason for an abortion is if the mother’s life is threatened within the term of her pregnancy and I believe that’s the way the church would see it also. Within the same article that was mentioned in the first paragraph. (Abortion in America’s not rare, 2013) “It has been estimated that there has been 55 million safe, legal and rare abortions performed in the United States since the 1973 Supreme Court decision. For many years abortion has been only for saving a woman’s life if a pregnancy was to threaten her survival and in the article. (A Whispered Word Takes n a New Voice, 1968). “Authorities estimated more than 1 million illegal abortions done annually in the United States. ” I do agree with the article that it should be a woman’s choice to get an abortion but I only believe that to a certain extent and I mean that in a way that a woman shouldn’t be able to have an abortion Just because she doesn’t want the baby but only if its life threatening.

Social justice cheap essay help: cheap essay help

Will Women still need men? Barbara Ehrenreich’s article “Will Women Still need men” offers three possible scenarios regarding what’s going to happen to men and women in the future considering present era and its progressions. The article circles around gender independence in the United States. Even though I agree with Ehrenreich’s view of how technological advances have made gender independence inevitable, I feel like she’s too much of an extremist considering the fact that she is a feminist.

The real question is: do men AND women need each other? The answer is yes. We do. “This could be the century when the sexes go their separate ways. Sure, we’ve hung in there together for about a thousand millenniums so far-through hunting-gathering, agriculture and heavy industry-but what choice did we have? For most of human existence, if you wanted to make a living, raise children or even have a roaring good time now and then, you had to get the cooperation of the other sex” (McQuade and Atwan 650). Is that so wrong?

I agree that depending on another person for everything can get a bit aggravating but that could count as support or help, or that is how I see it. Women and men need each other, always have and always will. She entions how predictable the future is and that the scenarios she proposes are bound to take place. Ehrenreich mentions how TV dinners and drip-dry shirts have made it easier for men to take care of themselves but is that really all there is to life? If you can prepare a 4 minute dinner on your own and do your laundry the easy way, you’re all set?

No, you most definitely are not. Sure, a man can do a woman’s work and vice versa but can they do it how a woman would do a woman’s work and vice versa? The answer again is obviously no. Some things only a man can do and some things only a woman can do. The writer also states how present day women have been progressing dramatically in the work force. She uses the word “rushed” which confused me a little. The reason being; women are not rushed to Join the workforce because theyre tired of doing housework, or are escaping from it.

They Just need to experience both aspects of life and call themselves independent, working yet nurturing women. “They haven’t achieved full economic independence by any means (women still earn only 75% of what men do), but more and more of them are realizing that ancient female dream-a room, or better yet, a condo of their own. (Mcquade, Atwan 651). I do believe in equality for all irrespective of their gender, race etc. and I totally agree that it is unfair how woman don’t get the same treatment as men do in the workforce but we are slowly getting there aren’t we?

As Ehrenreich also predicted, it is inevitable. “Advantages of a monosexual way of life; Marriage, cohabitation, and responsibility for children” (Ehrenreich 1). These are the benefits that come with marriage between a man and a woman. This is how it is and will always be like this. And I don’t see anything wrong with it. Call me old-fashioned but I believe we have been assigned oles respectively and we play those roles perfectly as individuals so why try to complicate things by switching roles?

Lastly, she also describes how technological doing it with machines in the future. Technology has made it easier and more convenient which is great but what about the emotional aspect of it or simply it being passion? What she said about women progressing drastically and more and more heterosexual marriages along with greater freedom and independence is absolutely true, it will happen. But there will never come a time when women won’t need men. So to answer Barbara’s question will women still need men? We certainly hope so.

Independence for individuals of each gender is very important but independence from each other is something we should not strive for. And to answer my question “Do men and women need each other? ” They desperately do. Because if you really think about it, what would you do without the man/woman in your life and the role they play. God has created us to be different from each other, thus holding and playing different roles throughout life. Therefore, we need each other to fill that empty space we can’t fill ourselves. A man will always need her woman and a woman will always need her man.

A Glorious Defeat extended essay help biology: extended essay help biology

Henderson provides this book to as a means to correct the current Anglo-centric literature that circulates America, in which blames Mexico for its own losses “because they were proud to the point of delusion, arrogantly overestimating their own strength” (xviii). He states that it is fair and adequate to state that neither side of the battle is to blame, when in fact stemmed from the weakness of the Mexican nation, not by the aggressive nature of the US. The fact is Mexico was not the thriving and ell established US; it was a meek and frail nation.

The US, after the annexation of Texas, saw Mexico with the government’s bonds to the northern states and own political standings, as a challenge that can be devoured by the victorious nation. There was also Mexico’s own acknowledgement of its nations weakness that drove the political leaders to engage in a war with an obvious superior nation, in attempts to gain power and defend its honor. War with the United States gave Mexican leaders the opportunity to “indulge in the illusion” that the nation was not rent by economic, thnic, and geographic divisions, but was instead” resolute and united against a foreign foe” (191).

Henderson attempts to “understand Mexico’s weakness and how that weakness helped land it in a war with the United States,” relying heavily on evidence of Mexico’s disadvantages in comparison to the vitality and abundance of the United States (xix). In order to demonstrate the historical, demographic, and geographic weaknesses that hindered the Mexican nation from the beginning, Henderson contrasts the Mexican and US colonial legacies, ethnic compositions, routes to independence, and eographic landscapes.

This methodology allows Henderson to move through complex histories at a fast, easy clip, while staying faithful to his organizing principles of Mexico’s inherent weaknesses and the United States’ inescapable victory. His explanation on the geographic landscape demonstrates the complications that Mexico faced with chasms and volcanic mountains and lack of natural features, such as rivers, to provide an easy transit. He also brings the similarities of the colonial connections between Mexico and the US.

Yet due to Spain’s “medieval” influence mpowered a Mexican elite who “clung” to the traditional rights, inherited privileges, and material inequalities that they believed were established by God and the church (4-5). The US, in contrast, was formed and led by men steeped in the theories of the Enlightenment and who favored reason, progress, change, individualism, merit, equality, and a Just social contract. While literacy in the US grew and advanced both class and race. “In Mexico there is not, nor is there a possibility of developing, a national spirit, because there is no nation” (12).

The Indians in the United States, however, were “too scattered, weak, and unorganized to put up successful resistance, leaving them vulnerable to ruthlessly efficient extermination or relocation at the hands of whites” (5). With the Mexican mind set being the most present fgure within this book, Henderson makes a psychological impact by describing the founders of the US republic as being “enlightened,” “liberal,’ and vigorous” and their politics “assertive” and “robust” (5, 12) with respect to the expansionist ideals. Where as Mexico and

Mexicans are described in another light with references to a holocaust and “violent and traumatic. ” Spaniards were “brutal and callous,” and Spanish law a “chaotic jumble” (7, 10, 13). As Henderson weaves the imagery of a very defenseless nation and the precognition of defeat and lose for Mexico, the political spectrum is placed into sight as he examines the encounter with Hidalgo and states the indigenous people were “indulg[ing] themselves in an orgy of looting, pillaging, murder and mutilation,’ forcing he stance towards independent Creoles like Hidalgo to “gaze into the maw of arbarism” (20).

The images placed forth are very descriptive to create a savage stance, one based on no type of foundation to rely on and lack of morals to guide in the past events. It is no surprise to know how the Mexican nation was to be viewed in response to the Texas Revolution and the US invasion, but then again if there is any type of conflict even within the US, there is always going to be an altercation and one side that is left to feel threated, provoked, and aggression towards that entity.

Flowing hrough the history, with Santa Anna leading Mexican troops against the Texas disaffiliation, the battle was fought with “vagabonds, Indians and criminals” to turn the tide in favor of Mexico, and again against the US roughly a decade later could be categorized as “ragged” (93, 106). Where is the difference in these categorizations and the gorilla tactics that the US has employed, I think the only difference is the US was more eager for battle and defense, where the Mexican nation was still in its finest hour of rejoice in fguring out the new nations formation.

Of Mice and Men Alienation “essay help” site:edu: “essay help” site:edu

He’s self-educated and meek yet frustrated, indignant, and angry by his helplessness as a black man in a racist culture. 2He’s also very wise and observant and also listens with cynicism. For Crooks the American dream represents 3independence and self-sufficiency. Racism defeats his hope for reaching the American dream. 4Racism makes him powerless and forces him to become an outcast. 5 Money and success eludes him. Alienation and segregation contain him. His mental abilities and state of mind set him free. Candy Candy also feels the burden of loneliness and shows it by his relationship with his heep dog.

The dog, being described as “ancient”, “stinky”, and “half-blind”, had been in Candy’s life for a very long time and Candy had grown attached to it. Once the other farmhands had finally gotten fed up with it and stated that the dog needed to be put out of its misery Candy was extremely reluctant to turn it over and let him go. After hearing the shot ring outside, all Candy could do was turn his face towards a wall and not look around. Certainly Candy found this dog to be a loyal companion of his and he had developed a strong relationship with it over the years, which helped im cope with his loneliness on the ranch.

Whenever one is taking a deeper look at Of Mice and Men one will probably get a sense of how depressing and dismal the ranch really is. Candy gives Steinbeck an opportunity to discuss social discrimination based on age and handicaps. Candy represents what happens to everyone who gets old in American society: They are let go, canned, thrown out, used up. Candy’s greatest fear is that once he is no longer able to help with the cleaning he will be “disposed of. ” Like his old dog, he has lived beyond his usefulness. Curleys wife

Curley’s wife knows her beauty is her power, and she uses it to flirt with the ranch hands and make her husband Jealous. She is utterly alone on the ranch, and her husband has seen to it that no one will talk to her without fearing a beating. The Ranch Steinbeck reinforces the theme of loneliness in subtle and not so subtle ways. In the vicinity of the ranch, for example, is the town of Soledad. The town’s name, not accidentally, means “solitude” or “alone. ” Also, the others’ reactions to George and Lennie traveling together reinforces that, in Steinbeck’s world, traveling with someone else is unusual.

When George and Lennie arrive at the ranch, four other characters ” the boss, Candy, Crooks, and Slim ” all comment on the suspicious nature of two guys traveling together. This companionship seems strange and, according to at least the boss and Curley, the relationship is sexual or exploitative While George can be very rational and thoughtful, he also gets frustrated and angry with Lennie because the big man cannot control his strength or actions. George repeatedly gets angry, so much so that Lennie knows by heart what it means when George “gives him hell. ” But George’s anger quickly fades when he remembers

Lennie’s innocence and his inability to remember or think clearly. George, unlike other men, has a companion and friend in Lennie. Because of this, Lennie makes George feel special. They are different from all the other guys, and George realizes only too well that they have a special bond. At the ranch, George often plays solitaire, a game for one. Without Lennie, George would be a loner. Even though George gets frustrated by Lennie’s mental weakness, he also feels compassion for his friend. Lennie offers George the opportunity to lay plans, give advice, and, in general, be in harge.

Without Lennie, George would be Just like the other hands, but with Lennie, George has a strong sense of responsibility. Their dream also sets George apart from the others because it means he and Lennie have a future and something to anticipate. Unlike Lennie, George does not see their dream in terms of rabbits; instead, he sees it in a practical way. Their farm will be one where they can be independent and safe and where he will not have to worry about keeping track of Lennie’s mistakes. They can be secure and in charge of their own lives. However,

Lennie is the one who adds the enthusiasm because George never really believed they could swing this farm of their own. He mostly uses the story to give Lennie something Lennie George’s taking care of Lennie and the dream of the farm are attempts to break the pattern of loneliness that is part of the human condition. Similarly, Lennie’s desire to pet soft things comes from his need to feel safe and secure, to touch something that gives him that feeling of not being alone in the world. For Lennie, the dream of the farm parallels that security. “George is going to give me hell” or “George won’t let me tend the rabbits.

The Artist essay help tips: essay help tips

Describe what ‘Spoon Feeding is in cinema. What example did we watch in class? The actor in that film spoke four words to the camera – what are those words? How did the speaking of those lines “spoon feed’ what was obviously depicted prior to that dialogue? Spoon feeding in cinema is a device used by directors to plainly state to the audience exactly what happened. Sometimes it may be obvious, such as the example we watched in class. Schwarzenegger’s character, Dutch says aloud after the Predator passes him over, “He couldn’t see me.

The audience has certainly already realized that the predator couldn’t see him. This sort of device has the ability to be used artistically but in this case it really Just seems a little belittling to the audience. 2- Describe the use of body language in Peter and the Wolf, how was this achieved in the film? Peter and the Wolf, being a silent film, depended largely on character body language to illustrate concepts. Each character was specifically defined in their motions. Peter was curious and sneaky. You could sense caution in the way that he moved and looked at things- the eyes were very telling.

The duck, carefree and goofy, flipped, flopped, and plopped all over the place. The wolf was dangerous yet noble, his posture was very distinct. The music in the film helped to magnify that body language. 3- Describe the scenes and what form of communication is depicted when pretense is revealed in 2001 a space odyssey and One flew over the Cuckoo’s nest 2001 : Pretense is revealed when the two men speak in “secret” while in the pod. HAL, despite being cut off from audibility of the other two, is still able to see the men speaking.

All sound in the film cuts off and the camera zooms in to the men’s lips oving, panning back and forth between the two men’s conversation. Not knowing that he can see them, they continue to conspire against HAL as he reads their lips. OFOTCN: The most obvious pretense in One Flew would be Chiefs unveiling to Mac that he does indeed speak and can understand everything around him. The men sit on a bench awaiting treatment and Mac offers Chief a stick of gum. He takes it and thanks him. In Mac’s moment of bewilderment Chief goes on to say “Ah, Juicy fruit. To which Mac is simply overjoyed. The difference between the two being that one – Describe director Stanly Kubrick’s use of the absence of sound used in 2001 a space odyssey Kubrick’s use of silence is all too relevant in 2001. With so many long drawn out shots of the ship, he does well to remind the audience that the scene is set in space. Space, by nature, is a vacuum and for that is void of all sound. This really helps to put the audience up there with the astronauts. In many scenes which he doesn’t use are those involving the processes of HAL.

It kind of suggests that he is cold and collected. He is not a human with a heartbeat. His processes are silent. Looking back on the cene where HAL witnesses the other two astronauts speaking secretly the audience hears nothing. This silence is his processing. It’s his cold logic and elaborates planning of what to do in order to preserve himself. 5- Describe director John doorman’s use of sound in Hell in the Pacific. Describe Jane Campion’s use of sound in The Piano. What kinds of sounds do both films have in common? I absolutely loved the sound used in Hell in the Pacific.

Much of it was so wild and chaotic, not dissimilar the trapped men’s situation. doorman embellished the sound of water in several instances; waves crashing, water droplets, rain. It’s probably one of the most important props in the film; after all, you cannot live very long without water. Campion used music very creatively to establish setting and give characters a means of expression. Ada would play, Baines would lust after her music, Flora would sing. Both films, though portray water in very deliberate ways. The Piano begins and ends with the main characters crossing over water to a new home.

It seems like the water is trapping Ada here on this island and the first indication of what would be a difficult Journey is the wave crashing upon her and the piano while she played it on he beach. This scene is similar to the one in which the Japanese man, while on lookout, had water crash through his fort, if you will call it that. 6- Billy and Flora While the two characters serve very different purposes in their respective films they are alike in that they have very childlike attitudes. Flora actually is a child and her actions are expected of one of her age.

Billy, on the other hand, possesses the shyness and demeanor that a child might but it is most likely attributed to his mental affliction. The two both wear their emotions on their sleeve. Flora very vividly xpresses her disapproval of Ada attempts to contact Baines through her and goes so far as to, twice, betray her own mother. Billy is easily flustered by social situations, is often seen in The Piano entertaining herself. She has a wild imagination and will talk to Just about anyone. Billy tends to hang around the other patients but is still well reserved.

He has nervous tendencies; stuttering, lack of eye contact, closed off body language. Another stark contrast between our two youthful characters is that they lie on opposite sides of their respective communication spectrum. Flora acts as a translator for Ada. When Ada wants to be heard she signs to Flora and Flora speaks for her, whereas it seems as though Billy is the one that needs a voice in One Flew. An example of this is during the therapy session when he is clearly uncomfortable and would rather not speak on the subject.

It is here that another patient speaks up and suggests that maybe Billy doesn’t want to talk about this particular subject. 7- Stewart and Nurse Ratched Two intriguing characters. They are both antagonists to their stories but both seem unaware, at least outwardly that that is their place. Their antagony does not seem to be misplaced though. Nurse Ratched is the head nurse; I think her character is a little deeper than Stewart’s. It seems there are many levels to her. Initially she appears as a good well-kept nurse. She is soft spoken yet direct in her tone.

It later becomes more apparent that she is more controlling than one might have initially thought. The ward is her world. What she says goes. And even when the patients play her game she always is the victor; the vote, for instance, despite there being Just enough votes to trump her she still refused the boys the baseball game. It’s really hard to say whether she is really truly bad though. As head nurse it is her Job to maintain absolute order. In a facility such as the setting she is right to say that even the slightest change would potentially provoke certain patients to cause a difficult situation.

Steward, on the other hand, despite his wealth and position he doesn’t have complete control. He wants control but Ada’s will is too strong. Stewart goes to great efforts to try to keep her caged but she prevails. Even when he violently cuts off her finger she does waiver. Even Stewards anger and upset (not necessarily his actions) are understandable. He has brought Ada over to marry him and love him but ever for a moment is this what she wants. He’s frustrated but he truly does try to make her happy. When he cannot please her he falls apart. – Ada and the Chief The most obvious similarity is the characters silence the two share. You do at some point in both films get the experience the voice of the characters; Ada, while she narrates the beginning and end of the film and Chief, while he and Mac patiently wait for their punishment and enjoy a stick of gum together. While the Ada’s and the Chiefs silence is chosen I feel that Chiefs is more of free will than Ada’s silence. The Chief only adopted silence as a way to protect himself while in the institution. Ada accustomed to it not only as a habit but as a lifestyle.

Youth is when you develop your personality Even in the film it is evident that Chief is effluent in his speaking abilities. When Ada begins to speak again she has a difficult time because she simply never learned to do it well. They both seemed to be hiding themselves somehow. It’s unsure exactly what might be affecting Ada, maybe a childhood event of some sort. It does seem clear that Chief is affected by two clashing cultures. His mother is white nd his father native American. His father lost himself in alcohol, he is clearly affected. 9- Mac and Baines Mac and Baines are both deviants to their cultures.

They have both been shunned and placed outside of society on one way or another. Baines seemed to have disagreed with his own culture so much he went so far as to remove himself completely from it. He actual mingled into the Maori culture, the natives of the land. In this culture some of the social mores of the colonial white culture are accepted with open arms. Baines is a very emotionally expressive character and he chose to join an expressive culture. Mac is most certainly deviant. But where Baines is more of an introverted deviant Mac displays extroversion in spades.

He comes from a workhouse. He was kicked out for getting into a fght with another worker. He chose to run with the verdict that he was crazy because it meant that he would not have to go to Jail. They are both very sexual. Baines provokes a sexually driven relationship between an initially unwilling Ada. He knows what he is doing is unacceptable and it’s certainly done in secret. Mac, our Type A personality has no qualms about keeping his sexual life and desires out in the open. He has no discretion in discussing it and is very eager in encouraging others, such as Billy to do the same.

Defining and Measuring Crime melbourne essay help: melbourne essay help

Defining and Measuring Crime The Uniform Crime Report (ucr) is an annually (yearly) report compiled by the FBI to give an indication of criminal activity. They organize offenses known to the police. The I-JCR divides the criminal offenses into categories: part 1 offense and part II offense. Part 1 offenses are crimes that are recorded by the FBI to give a general idea of the crime picture. Part 1 offenses crimes can be covered by the media and consequently nspire the most fear if crime in population. The majority crimes that fall into the part 1 offenses are property crimes.

There are several types of part 1 offenses: criminal homicide- murder and non-negligent, manslaughter (the willful killing of a human being), manslaughter by negligence (the killing of a human being), forcible rape (female forcibly and against her will), robbery (taking/attempted to take anything of value), aggravated assault (unlawful attack by one person on another), burglary breaking and entering), larceny/ theft (unlawful taking away of property from the possession of another), motor vehicle theft (theft or attempted theft of a motor vehicle) and arson (malicious burning or attempted burning).

Part 2 offenses are all crimes recorded by the FBI that do not fall into the category of part 1 offenses. The most common offenses are drug abuse violations, driving under the influence and assault that don’t result in harm. Part 2 are measured by arrest data. Mala in se and ala prohibtia often express the social function of criminal law. Mala in se are inherently wrong, regardless of whether they are prohibited by law.

The crimes go against natural, moral and public principles of a society. Some examples are murder, rape and theft. Mala prohibita are acts that are considered crimes because they have been codified as human made laws. Crime is only considered wrong if it has been prohibited. Having two spouses at once is considered a mala prohibita crime.

Supply and Demand Simulation college essay help: college essay help

Supply and Demand Simulation Principles of Microeconomics 9/16/2013 The simulation shows a number of changes that happen to the Atlantis population, as well as to the supply and demand of the apartment housing. Throughout the simulation there are two microeconomic principles being displayed as well as one macroeconomic. The equilibrium price is fluctuated due to shifts that take place within the supply curve and also the demand curve. Just like this virtual simulation on the website, there’s plenty of changes that can take place in a work environment hat can affect the supply or demand.

These types of changes create fluctuations in both the equilibrium quantity and the price within a realistic work environment. While I looked at and went through the simulation, it became easy to see how the price elasticity of demand greatly affected both the firms strategy with pricing and the customer’s own personal decision to purchase. It’s clear that there are principles of macroeconomics and microeconomics in the simulation. A couple examples of microeconomics would be how the Goodlife Company and individuals made their choices based off of regulation and scarcity.

While an example of macroeconomics would be the change that the government made that applies toa price limit on apartment housing for the Goodlife Company. Governments regulation of the price ceiling would always classify as macroeconomics simply because it has a bunching effect on the whole overall local economy. So an individual’s own consumer choices leads to increases and decreases in demand that can then allow the company to respond. Then the company alters or modifies its pricing so that it can gain equilibrium as a reaction to the demand of the consumer.

However, this doesnt he start of the simulation the company lowered rates to 1,050 dollars a month. If the company maintains this pricing strategy then they should be able to fill their vacancies for 1,700 different apartments, which would bring in 1. 79 million dollars. When the company increased the price of an apartment they saw the demand take a decrease. The only way the company can increase the quantity demanded is if they significantly drop the rental price. This is because the supply of apartments is limited. During this scenario the government regulation created a dramatic increase in demand and shortened the supply.

Together, these macroeconomic and microeconomic principles work together and lead to different fluctuations in the equilibrium point, supply and demand. Shifts in supply and demand cause the equilibrium price to fluctuate as the supply curve and the demand curve shift to the left and right. The shifts in the supply and demand will always lead to the fluctuation of the equilibrium price as the curves of supply and demand shift left and right. The simulation showed that when population increased, so did demand for 2 bedroom apartments. Eventually Atlantis matured, which lead toa dramatic change in house reference.

To maximize its profits, the company chose to react to this by altering its prices to help maintain the highest possible occupancy of apartments. There was one part where the company decided to convert apartments to be more suiting for their consumer’s different tastes. When they did this, it caused the supply curve to shift over toward the left, but didn’t actually change the demand curve. This was because of the different changing customer preferences. The changing of the company’s pricing strategy caused the supply and demand curve to move in either a ownward or upward fashion, depending on the circumstances of the situation.

The constant adjustment and fluctuation will continue while the company keeps at it to maintain the equilibrium of its price. Both microeconomics and macroeconomics have effects on the supply and demand that can be witnessed inside a real life work environment. When a business only has capacity to make a limited number of products then it has to take a look at the supply and demand curves in order to come up with an equilibrium point. This will be a place where the two points intersect and can maximize their profits.

This is where the quantity that’s demanded by a consumer will equal the quantity that can be supplied by the business. If a business prices something at a point that’s well below the equilibrium then the demand from the consumers will go over the actual available supply. This makes a shortage in the consumer market. If a business sets a price point well above the point of equilibrium then the demand decreases. If a business is looking to maximize its profit on a product then it has to maintain its pricing at the equilibrium point for supply that it can produce compared to the consumers’ demand.

If a company is capable of supplying a large demand, but government regulation creates a price ceiling on something then there’d be a vast shortage of the supply within the consumer market. However, this can sometimes be deemed necessary in order to protect consumers. Thanks to government regulation, a business can’t increase prices as a reaction to a shortage in the market. Effects like these on the supply and demand arent Just limited to specific types of products and can be seen in other various forms among consumer services and products. If you look at the Atlantis situation you can view onsumer behavior.

If prices are below the equilibrium point then the demand will be high. This caused a serious shortage in the apartment market. The company had to adjust the pricing strategy so they can attain equilibrium in order to maximize profit. When they adjust their prices to the point above equilibrium then the quantity of apartments would exceed demand. This will result in having a surplus of vacancies that don’t produce profit. The changes to the supply of housing, consumer demand and government regulation are all solid examples of micro and macroeconomics.

The Great Gatsby: Luhrmann v. Fitzgerald college essay help nyc: college essay help nyc

Great Gatsby: Luhrmann v. Fitzgerald From super evildoer Tom Buchanan, to a modernistic, rap party, the Great Gatsby, directed by Baz Luhrmann, contrasts the written version of the Great Gatsby by F. Scott Fitzgerald in many ways. This contrast provided by the movie creates a different interpretation of the intended meaning and importance of the characters, scenes, and images in the written version.

This is evident through the emphasis or importance of certain characters and the relationships between some characters, the odern, rap-filled soundtrack of the movie and the placement of those songs, and the different portrayal of Daisy and Tom Buchanan. In addition, the movie adaptation also leaves out a few important scenes that deem necessary to the plot. The movie and book relate in many ways, but it’s the small changes from the text to the movie that affect the interpretation that someone may have.

The significance of changing the interpretation is that it can spin a new meaning and way of thinking about the content of the text or movie. First, the movie adaptation of the Great Gatsby begins with the symbolic green ight that Gatsby fixates upon and the appearance of one of the narrator, Nick Carraway in “The Perkins Sanitarium”. Nick tells the entire story and writes the book in this sanitarium. Like the movie, the text begins with background story of Nick and how he ended up living next door to the mysterious, wealthy Gatsby.

But, the difference in the beginnings can skew the interpretations between the movie and text. The text insinuates that Nick Carraway is the main character and focuses on the way that Nick Judges and feels towards certain characters. On the other hand, the ovie implies that Nick is Just a “morbid alcoholic”, writer that is telling the love-filled, mysterious, story of Gatsby. The movie reverts back to Nick in the sanitarium and focuses in on the always-appearing green light. This approach by the movie can change the view and interpretation of the viewers.

For example, if the movie focuses more on Nick simply being the writer of Gatsbys story, then it leaves out the texts’ intention of having Nick not only being the narrator, but also being a mediator of judgments. In the movie, Nick doesn’t often explain or show how he actually feels owards the characters, while in the book Nick clearly describes the appearance of other characters and these descriptions depict how he Judges or feels about that person. For instance, in the movie Tom and Nick appear to be best friends at the beginning.

They greet each other with smiles, nicknames, and stories, whereas in the text, Nick describes Tom’s appearance as, “Two shining arrogant eyes had established dominance over his face and have him the appearance of always leaning aggressively forward… lt was a body capable of enormous leverage – a cruel body'(Fitzgerald. 7). This difference in interpretation between the text and movie creates contrast between them. The movie portrays Tom as an extreme evildoer, but Nick doesn’t seem to notice at the beginning, while from the start in the text, Tom appears to Nick between the two characters of Tom and Nick affects the overall message of Nick.

Nick, in the text, is seen as being more than Just a writer or narrator, but the person who determines how one would feel towards other characters. The text focuses immediately on the hulking Tom through Nicks words, while the movie allows the viewer to gradually feel a certain way towards Tom’s character because Nick doesn’t eact in a disapproving way at the beginning. Next, between the movie and the text there are some relatively minor, but still important, scenes that are left out or changed. This can affect the overall message and interpretation of the adaptation.

First, in the text there is evidence of a relationship between Nick and Jordan Baker. The text alludes to this relationship often and describes it in chapter three and Nick said once, “Her gray, sun-stained eyes stared straight ahead, but she had deliberately shifted our relations, and for a moment I though I loved her”(Fitzgerald. 58). This mention of a relationship between Jordan and Nick in the text and not in the movie further affirms that the movie adaptation focuses almost entirely on the story of Gatsby and does not take notice to Jordan Baker, or Nicks relationship to her.

In addition, the movie adaptation eliminated two scenes that seemed important to the overall meaning of the written version. The first scene deals with the importance of the attendance of Owl Eyes and Gatsbys father at the funeral is that there was at least a few people who respected, if not cared for, who Gatsby was or what he was about. Owl Eyes, in the text, was the an in the library who appreciated Gatsbys books, but, although he still was in the library looking at the books, the movie implies that Owl Eyes did not believe that Gatsby is made-up.

In the movie, neither Owl Eyes nor Gatsbys dad attended the funeral. Nick says, “But not a single one of the sparkling hundreds that enjoyed his hospitality, attended the funeral”(Luhrmann. The Great Gatsby). This changes the overall interpretation from the text that at least someone, other than Nick, cared about what Gatsby was and who he was as a person. Secondly, the importance of the scene with Mr. Mckee is that it adds speculation that Nick is gay. This scene is present in the text to add that speculation and spark questioning within the reader.

On the other hand, the movie omits this scene, keeping the viewers from speculating and questioning Nicks sexuality. In the film, the soundtrack seems to represent the intention of Fitzgerald, or Nicks, tone in the text well. Although the soundtrack is flooded with rap music that further modernizes the movie, the music is placed in correct spots and, overall, adds a lot to the scenes. When added to the modern party scenery, the contemporary rap allows us to interpret the extravagance of the parties and the mansion that the text intended.

It is based in the Roaring Twenties and the movie, for showman’s sake, adds the rap music to appease the viewers instead of sticking with the music of that time. The music may contrast the time period, but the message is clear and the placing of the songs is precise and suitable. The significance of omitting these scenes and using this soundtrack is to change the interpretation that viewer would have in opposition to the text and the movie succeeds in doing this due to the missing love life of Nick, the absences of certain characters at the funeral, and the avoidance of speculation of Nicks sexuality.

Finally, the portrayals of Daisy and Tom display the most change from the text to and down… “(Fitzgerald. 9), a face that was “lovely with bright things in it”(Fitzgerald. 9), but, looking past her physical description, she proved to be an insincere and indecisive person. To contrast, in the movie, up until the point where Daisy kills Myrtle, she appears as innocent. For example, she does not display her enticing voice or bright eyes, but rather, her soft, discreet voice and quiet eyes. It is her physical appearance and voice that makes her appear as innocent in the movie.

This is resent in the scene where she is explaining her daughter to Nick. Her facial expression and tone of voice indicate an innocent feeling, but the movie differs from the book because it leaves out the part where she nonchalantly gives the baby to the nanny. Her innocence is not supported and she comes off as a phony in the text, but in the movie she is quiet, victimized, and appears as an innocent instrument of Tom and Gatsbys relentless battle for her love. Tom is depicted as a supervillian in the movie. The text did portray Tom slightly as a bad guy, but not to the extent that the movie did.

In the scene in the text where George is mourning his wife’s murder, Tom does not directly state whose car it was; however, in the film, Tom said it was Gatsbys car and then said, “Gatsby… somethin’ ought to be done about a fella like that”(Luhrmann. The Great Gatsby). Tom displays his villainy in this scene and plants the image of murder into George’s head. The movie uses Tom as an image of evil and the book differs to the extent of how wicked Tom actually is. The film overblows the intended interpretation of Tom from the book and twists his character to fit the modern-day hero and villain movie standard.

To conclude, there are many similarities and differences between the film and book of The Great Gatsby, but the changes that are made to the film distort and adjust the viewers’ interpretation of many scenes and characters. Tom’s villainy, for example, was a main scene that distorted the intention of the text. The movie changed both the way that I saw Tom and Daisy and my view on what Nick would become after Gatsbys death. Work Cited: Fitzgerald, F. Scott, and Matthew J. Bruccoli. The Great Gatsby. New York, NY: Scribner, 1996. Print. The Great Gatsby. Dir. Baz Luhrmann. Perf. Leonardo DiCaprio, Tobey Mcgutre. 2012. DVD.

The Human Element of Law: Dworkin college essay help online: college essay help online

Riley S. Altman- Philosophy of Law Final Research Paper The Human Element of Law: Dworkin vs. Scalia on Constitutional Interpretation The constitution is the document that binds American citizens to uniformed rule. Granted states may vary their decisions for a vast array of laws, the focus of my argument will be dealing with the interpretation of the nation’s most powerful document. The two stances of interpretation I will be addressing are those of Ronald Dworkin and Antonin Scalia, who are known for disagreement amongst their constitutional views.

On the one hand there is Scalia, who labels his position textualism”, where Judges are encouraged to stray away from discretion and make clarifications to vague statutes in a commonsensical manner. Dworkin on the other side promotes said discretion to be used, but only in order to find the semantic and expectation “intent” of the law. Scalia’s textualism provides less room for progressive legal interpretation than Dworkin’s version of originalism.

To argue this I will further explain my take on why constitutional progressiveness is Just for society, and clarify why taking a textualist’s stance (such as that of Scalia) would hinder it. To recognize untruth as a condition of life–that certainly means resisting accustomed value feelings in a dangerous way; and a philosophy that risks this would by that token alone place itself beyond good and evil”(Friedrich Nietzsche: Beyond Good and Evil).

Cynical as it may seem, I fear the power that tradition-for-the- sake-of-tradition has on a growing populace. The Nietzsche quote did not randomly fall out of the sky, it came from criticism against blindly accepting moral premises, and though Scalia is not necessarily a dogmatic arguer he does display the desire for ncontested validity in his constitutional interpretations because of their basis on original text.

My definition of “progressive” as it applies to this paper focuses on room for legal interpretation on the basis of applicable moral considerations. It is not a bold claim to say that human ethics are evolving hand-in-hand with cultural standards, and with that considered there must be some accommodation for this changing factor within the US legal system. Dworkin sees the constitution as a “living document”; something with embedded abstract principles, and to that I must approve.

This general view on the constitution is exactly what is needed to continue on to a more Just legal system, rather than strictly adhering to traditional textual interpretation for guidance, because it allows for the introduction of said “applicable moral considerations”. According to Dworkin, the traditional question on the matter of what I refer to as on any particular issue? “(Dworkin, Justice in Robes, 1). This is a reflection of his interpretational goal that moral discretion is necessary for the constitution’s adaptation to society, which it must undergo to survive (furthering the image of a living document’).

In response, Scalia worries that the ideal of a “living constitution” actually fails to protect individuals from the excessive powers of democracy, in that unnecessary moral considerations take the forefront: “[a] democratic society does not, by and large, need constitutional guarantees to insure that its laws will reflect ‘current values. ‘ Elections take care of that quite well”(Scalia, Originalism: The Lesser Evil). Concerning what I call applicable moral considerations, the easiest translation would be legal discretion on the part of Judges.

This of course contrasts Scalia’s osition by suggesting that moral discretion is actually necessary to promote the greater good. This is not intended to be an insult to elections process, but the form of democracy that the US practices does not essentially take these evolving standards into account such as Scalia suggests. Majority rule on ballots does not determine ethical progress, and as much as it might be a noble pursuit to trust the electoral process there exist undeniable flaws.

To elaborate on the flaws that Justice Scalia’s defense rests on, there is an underlying predicament residing in societal indifference. In 2012, there was a voter population in the US of 221 people. Of them, 130,292,355 actually cast a valid votel (considering voter eligibility). With a 58. 7% rate of voting, true public opinion is not legitimately heard, and the politics that sway attitude one way or another on a pressing issue distort proper Justice.

The idea that unjust laws can only be suitably fixed via the democratic process puts too much faith in the belief that the public truly will change what they see as immoral by voting on it. One way that taking a Dworkinian approach to the law might combat this issue of indifference is by forcibly hedding light on the problem of an ambiguous law on the books, and by implementing case-specific rulings (by discretion) when faced with vague laws so as to suffice for a Just decision when one is needed.

If the public is not aware of an ambiguous law that has potential to cause legal disagreements, the easiest way for them to learn it is to hear about a court’s ruling on a case dealing with said law. This is where Dworkin’s stance probably receives the most criticism, because on the surface it seems as though law must be altered in some way to decide on an official eaning. Regarding this worry, Dworkin states: “l do not mean simply that the government may change its mind, and regret either the goal or the means of its earlier decision.

I mean that a responsible government may serve different goals in a piecemeal and occasional fashion, so that even though it does not regret, but continues to enforce, one rule designed to serve a particular goal, it may reject other rules that would serve that same goal Just as well”(Taking Rights Seriously 3). This idea plays on the fact that laws are enacted to serve a particular end, and that there hould be no interpretation contrary to the original principles of that law.

For Dworkin, this ambiguity of language in the law is actually very important, because he sees it as being part of a self-conscious effort to compromise. Rightfully so, Dworkin proposes that a strict historical interpretation of law (such as the one Scalia presents) is potentially unjust, because it cannot conceive of the unknown circumstances that adapt to a changing environment in which these laws are applied.

Going back to the need for a progressive understanding of the constitution, there are certain factors hat present inescapable predicaments for Scalia’s textualism. The most common example that is used to question constitutional interpretation is the Eighth Amendment forbidding “cruel and unusual punishment”. Generally there are two views that are brought up concerning this question, 1) this includes punishment deemed cruel and unusual up to the date of the laws enactment, or 2) this includes ALL punishments that are truly cruel and unusual.

The difference in implications of the two is significant: one requires a textual, historical, and linguistic approach, whereas the other demands moral reasoning. As appealing as legal tradition may be to some, it is linked to a relatively concrete historical background, which has little to no potential to change. “Progressive” by definition means to move forward, and enforcing a certain legal understanding of a law by appealing to a historical and linguistic background does not leave much room for the present-day to speak its mind.

Scalia’s example is that the death penalty was not regarded as cruel or unusual by the founding fathers because it was a common practice at the time. Easy as his point is to understand, there may be a commonality between modern-day ebates about legal interpretation and the composition of the constitution itself. It was the principles of the time that the founding fathers were appealing to when writing the constitution, and I would argue that it is the principles of this modern-day that are so desperately trying to make their way in to the US constitution.

Dworkin brings up that Judges “should decide the cases before them in a forward-looking, consequentialist style”0ustice in Robes 21); I would add that this lingering on past historical reference is an unnecessary anchor to the progressive momentum of law. Another way that Scalia’s position presents a hindrance on legal progressiveness is in his criticism of Dworkin’s “living constitution” model. To Scalia, this translates to wavering meaning of constitutional text; whereas Dworkin might call is a Just interpretation of its “true meaning”.

Though they have both been considered some form of “originalists”, the historical significance of the laws origins differs between them. Scalia and Dworkin both believe that it is important to look to former courts’ rulings on cases for a frame of reference, however Dworkin’s focus is on the values nd principles that were present at that time so as to apply them to novel cases. In this way there is an application of traditional morals to new legal predicaments, showing that the constitution is far from abandoned, but open-ended and subject to necessary expansion to adapt to a progressive society.

A progressive society runs into immediate legal problems when a defendant is faced with a law that does not explicitly cover every scenario. As Dworkin might say there are inevitably going to be times for even the most sophisticated lawyer that the law runs out. A textualist pproach is perhaps subject to this drawback more than most other philosophies of law, due to its basis in textual, historical, and linguistic evidence, and seemingly has no way around it.

This situation is indeed problematic, because if there were a lack of legal evidence, the defendant would always win from the plaintiff not being able to prove that the law was on his or her side. These are ideal situations for the practice of “discretion” on the part of the Judges. Discretion is a word always given with a many various radical views. It is not simply the free will of Judges imposed on court- ulings (as many contest); instead he generally sees it as principled considerations as they apply to cases involving added legal interpretation (due to an unspecified range of possibilities), which the law might encompass.

In this notion, there is a boundary in which the range of discretion is definitely limited: “[discretion], like the hole in a doughnut, does not exist except as an area left open by a surrounding belt of restriction”(Dworkin 114). Defining the element of discretion is an important distinction between Dworkin and Scalia’s legal theories, as it serves as the most obvious contradiction between the two views. Scalia’s textualism is without any mention of discretion; there is instead an emphasis on the importance of common- sense interpretation of what the law encompasses.

One notable problem that Scalia himself sees with Judges using discretion is that there would be a tendency for judges to desert historical precedence in favor of their own views: “[the] inevitable tendency of Judges to think that the law is what they would like it to be will, I have no doubt, cause most errors in Judicial historiography to be made in the direction of projecting upon the age of 1789 current, modern values so that as applied, even as pplied in the best of faith, originalism will (as the historical record shows) end up as something of a compromise”(Scalia, Originalism: The Lesser Evil).

This compromise that Scalia speaks of is in fact the vey tool that promotes the societal indifference to change laws, which I mentioned earlier. A compromise does not raise alarms for people, and is not a clear demonstration of needed change; it is the equivalent of sweeping a problem under the rug so that one may move on to other issues that are more easily dealt with because of legal clarity and escapes proper Justice.

In order or progressive ethics to prevail there cannot be a continuation of compromise with the hopes that the public will eventually rally together to change law, there are factors of morality which must be weighed against one another in order to determine which moral considerations are applicable to each case. Dworkin sees law as integrity, which includes the notion that the constitution is comprised of abstract moral principles.

This I argue is the stance needed in order to advance the US legal system, because it implies no definite interpretation of any constitutional statement. Many principles that were considered Just during the time of the founding fathers no longer have support in this day and age, such as the ethics of slavery. Strict textual, historical, and linguistic interpretations of law will show that there is an undeniable change of public opinion on the matter as time progressed until its eventual abolishment after a civil war.

I bring up this case as an example to show that principles unavoidably change through time, thus governing a nation strictly on the text of the constitution (which was originally written with principled considerations) nds with abrupt limitations on the ability to display modern-day cultural values. Dworkin’s “law as integrity’ approach instead conforms to the need for contemporary ethics to play a role in a Judge’s decision when confronted with ambiguous law. In order to advocate for a progressive society, there must be the possibility for constitutional interpretation to change through time.

The position that Dworkin suggests is based on this possibility, though not required, and is designed with the possibility of legal adjustment in mind. Scalia’s Originalism: The Lesser Evil describes hat a nonoriginalist approach to the constitution allows for too much variance on a newly arrived meaning of a law: “I also think that the central practical defect of nonoriginalism is fundamental and irreparable: the impossibility of achieving any consensus on what, precisely, is to replace original meaning, once that is abandoned”(Scalia).

As valid of a concern as this may be, Dworkin’s position in particular is not simply permitting the rewriting of laws by Judges. It is true that differing opinions are inescapable through Dworkin’s position, but they are varied on a case-by-case basis due to specific mitigating circumstances and ethical onsiderations, rather than Judges’ desires to change the meaning of laws. The word “discretion” itself also implies some level of secrecy on the part of the adjudicators; hence there is no fuel to start a legal debate over the meaning of a law, such as Scalia worries about.

Another worry that Scalia might have over Dworkin’s view is determining when it would be appropriate to modify or use discretion to change or dictate rule of law. “First, it is necessary, though not sufficient, that the Judge find that the change would advance some principle, which principle thus Justifies the change… Second, any judge who proposes to change existing doctrine must take into account of some important standards that argue against departures from established doctrine, and these standards are for the most part principles”(Dworkin 118).

This is a solid framework for Judges to use as a guide in deciding standards to appeal to, and Just because it does not originate directly from the constitution does not mean that it is invalid. This decision-making model is supported by principles that have been widely accepted, and simply elaborates on the fact that these principles are subject to volving standards in culture. One obvious reason as to why this is an impossible stance to take under Scalia’s textualism is that these “evolving standards” change at a rate much faster than constitutional amendment could ever allow.

For example, if the constitution were to be interpreted solely by the position that Scalia takes, technological advancements would be seen as similar to unstoppable virus. The rate at which new technology is introduced to the market is too fast for ethical consideration or construction of new legal regulations, thus there is no chance for mendments or new laws to be passed to accommodate these new technologies before predicaments arise.

In short, technology will find an unspecified rule of law before a law is made to handle the problem. The solution I suggest is in applying Dworkin’s theory, which allows for discretion in vague cases like this until legislation is passed to specify a rule. One main difference between Dworkin and Scalia is Dworkin’s clarification that the law is not simply a system of rules. Through this notion it seems as though Dworkin has an added defense, which is nonexistent in Scalia’s arguments for textualism.

He points out that Judges are often known to change rules as necessary, however they are not permitted to adjust law, differentiating the implications of “rule” from “law’ (and more specifically, “the law’): “[when] the positivists do attend to principles and policies, they treat them as rules manque©s. They assume that if they are standards of law they must be rules, and so they read them as standards that are trying to be rules”(Dworkin 119).

These are not laws above the law, the rules that may might be appropriately applied to reach the most Just conclusion. In the progressive ociety of the US, these rules are constantly changed because of the frequent introduction of previously unforeseen variables (e. g. technology advancements and evolving standards of culture), and because of this repetitive change in rules there is similarly a need for principled Judgments in order to make ethical rulings in court when the law is uncertain.

Though Justice Scalia suggests that US citizens are governed only by what is promulgated to the people, I argue that this position does not account well enough for the ambiguity that arises so often in constitutional text, and that the forward omentum that The States have is hindered by insistent reference only to textual evidence from its original binding document.

This textualist view does not take into consideration the rate at which society is progressing, and fails to recognize the necessity for principled discretion by Judges when the law does not make an undeniable conclusion to a controversial case at hand. Dworkin’s emphasis on principles is a much needed tool for the legal system and acknowledges the importance of true Justice, as opposed to coming to a compromise, which Scalia suggests is appropriate under the circumstances given that constitutional mendment is a provided option for citizens in the US.

Hippie movement admission college essay help: admission college essay help

The Hippie Movement The 1960’s is when the Hippie Movement started. The hippies had very different concerns and beliefs. They believed that life should be about living happy and free. They wanted to find a new meaning to life instead of the dominant mainstream culture that they thought was corrupt. The hippies had no concern for their actions or who it was affecting. For example when the hippies would get high and do drugs, they would sober up and not really care what had happened or who they upset. Many wanted no part in the middle class values.

They were completely against eapons, wars or violence. The hippies embraced philosophy and had their own way of life. Hippies believed in eco friendly environments. Their culture was founded on Psychedelic drugs such as marijuana and LSD. Hippies believed that these drugs would expand their consciousness. Despite what many believed, hippies were not into hard drugs because they knew they were harmful. They promoted love, peace, and freedom and listened to psychedelic rock and folk music. This all went along with their care free life style that they lived. In April 1969 is when citizens including ippies noticed that things were starting to look trashy from everyone living a “carefree” lifestyle.

After everyone celebrated love, peace, freedom, and arefree living, the hippie era was pretty much over. * Eric Wilson from New York Times talks about what the hippies’ outfits consisted of. “As for the hippies, their style was thoroughly reflective of fashion in their own time, as illustrated by “Hippie Chic,” an exhibition opening on July 16 at the Museum of Fine Arts in Boston. The MFA is going groovy, with bits of shag carpeting, spinning lights and faux-bois wallpaper. Some of the displays being installed resemble stage design as if by Monty Hall. This basically explains what the style of the hippies was. They were very carefree and loved crazy colors. Jean Schaller who was born in 1948 was a teenager during the “hippie movement” says, she remembers her mom having a lot of bumper stickers of flowers all over her car. She also remembers wearing bell bottoms, flowers in her hair, cheap necklaces. into four days. It was called “Woodstock. ” Schaller remembers everyone smoking and doing drugs, listening to music and wearing a whole bunch of bright colors. Schaller also said she remembers hippies having a big part in the protest against the war.

During the Vietnam War, there was a protest against it. Everyone had assumed it was the hippies who started the protest. John Leland states in his Article, “The media tends to focus on the people dressed like hippies,” said Ms. Smith, 24, who thought the hippies were getting too much play. As she walked with her aunt in a crowd protesting war with Iraq, Ms. Smith described a vision markedly different from Hoover’s. ‘You have all sorts of middle-age people who are not hippes, church groups and old people,” she said. “It’s not like everybody’s part of some big counterculture.

Hippies were inspired by beatniks who moved to New York City. They followed the Beat Generation movement and promoted anti conformist attitudes. In Germany from 1896 to 1908 there was a movement called the wandervogel movement. They wanted to bring back the spiritual life of their ancestors. This movement was against German values and entertainment. They focused on singing, music, hiking and the outdoors. Eventually the movement migrated to America, and many of them moved to California. The Beat Generation was then brought to the United States in the 1950’s y following the Wandervogel movement.

Francisco Villa extended essay help biology: extended essay help biology

Francisco Villa Melissa E. Bowlin Ozarka College Francisco Villa was born Doroteo Arango in San Juan del Rio, Durango in 1877. Some resources say that he was actually born in 1879. Although Doroteo Arango was the man’s original name, most people knew him as Francisco “Pancho” Villa. Francisco spent most of his life living in Durango, until at the age of 16, when he killed a man for raping his younger sister (“Francisco “pancho” Villa”, 2006). He had to leave the town of Durango in order to keep from being executed for killing the man that had raped his sister. Over the next few years there was very little record kept of Francisco.

It was during this time that he originally changed his name to Francisco “Pancho” Villa to keep the law from recognizing his original name (“Francisco “pancho” Villa”, 2006). When Francisco was at the young age of 20, “he moved northward to Chihuahua, where he worked on and off as a minor in Parral”. He would also sell stolen cattle in Chihuahua to make a living. During this time, “his occupation was recorded as a “wholesale meat seller”, according to many government biographies that were written”. Later on he would begin to mine again, but this time in a town near Chihuahua called Santa Eulalia (“Francisco “pancho” Villa”, 2006).

Soon Francisco was becoming to tire of laborers work, and decided to add bank robber to his resume of different Jobs he would do in later years. He was wanted now not only as a murderer by the Diaz government but also as a bank robber (“Francisco “pancho” Villa”, 2006). It was during the beginning of the 1900’s when Francisco would really make a name for himself and his bandit followers because he would show the poor, whom looked up to him, Just how much he did not want to follow the rules of the government at this time. In 1910, “Villa and his men came down from the hills to Join Francisco Maderos Revolutionary forces”.

This is where him and his men would make a transition from banditos to revolucianarios (“Francisco “pancho” Villa”, 2006). “Francisco was able to recruit and army of thousands, including a substantial amount of Americans, some of whom were made captains in the Division del Norte”. “Villa even created one squadron made up entirely of Americans under the leadership of Captain Tracey Richardson, a man who apparently fought with many different insurgent armies around the world at that time” (“Francisco “pancho” Villa”, 2006).

Madero’s leadership and victory did not last long until he was assassinated. Francisco was still left to leadership and command of his Division del Norte army in resistance. “It was during this time that he became almost like a folk hero in America” (“Francisco “pancho” Villa”, 2006). . There were several Hollywood film makers who would begin to flock to wherever his battles began and ended. Many of these battles were staged for the convenience of the filmmakers during this era (“Francisco “pancho” Villa”, 2006).

Francisco Villa was known as a hero to many when he ultimately decided to fight for freedom in the Mexican Revolution. He actually went against Madero’s orders and attacked Ciudad Juarez and won. This victory is what truly brought Villa in to power” (“The Storm That Swept Mexico”, 2012). Although Madero would soon push Villa to the sidelines, “Villa would never forget the man who led him in the first steps Villa would fight many battles during this era, “the battles of Zacatecas and OJinaJa stand out as particular highlights in the battles during his life”. At OJinaJa, Villa defeated Huertas federal troops and forced them across the Rio Grande to Marfa, Texas”. “Late in the process of trying to overthrow Huerta, Carranza tried to sabotage Villa’s progress by sending him to Saltillo, an insignificant target, rather than the ore important town of Zacatecas” (“The Storm That Swept Mexico”, 2012). Villa was once again pressured to go against orders, and he triumphed at Zacatecas, one of the bloodiest campaigns of the revolution, because he had indeed defeated Huerta once and for all. While Villa was a hero in the revolution, he was also known for his brutality in the face of betrayal”. “Both he and his “trigger man”, Rudolfo Fierro, were known for the particularly barbaric ways in which they would dispatch their enemies” (“The Storm That Swept Mexico”, 2012). It was Carranza whom would soon begin to pick away at Villa one piece at a time. A turning point came in 191 5, when Villa and his elite soldiers, the dorados, lost several battles to Carranza’s general, Alvaro Obregon” (“The Storm That Swept Mexico”, 2012).

The battle of Celaya was said to be the battle that set Villa running. It was during this battle that technology would defeat Villa more than anything. “Villa and his 19th century style cavalry came up against 20th century technology imported from the war in Europe (WWI), and employed by the constitutionalists”. “Their use of barbed wire, sophisticated machine guns, and trench warfare resulted in a massacre of Villa’s troops” (“The Storm That Swept Mexico”, 2012). It was these defeats that led the United States to withdraw their support of Villa in favor of recognition of Carranza.

Social media marketing cheap essay help: cheap essay help

Abstract The research conducted herein evaluates effective methods to leverage social media in a marketing aspect. People use online social networks to satisfy the need create social capital, a need to fit in, and a need for self-presentation and independence. The amount of consumers that use social media will almost certainly continue to increase, while at the same time the old methods leveraging channels of communication declines. It is in a company’s best interest to follow the consumers’ behavior and preferences.

Knowing this, they need to leverage social media for advertising and online interaction with consumers of their brands. The aim of this paper is to bring to light the benefits and ways to leverage social media. Social media has rapidly evolved in the public realm and corporate offices all over have realized how an influential and organized online group of consumers could bring opportunity. Businesses are put in such a position that they need to address this threat to the old-style of advertising by rethinking and reimagining approaches to communication and marketing.

A firm being adapted to its environment in the best possible way in order to maximize net revenue has always been among every firm’s ain goals. Organizations that are yet to venture into online social networks are seriously behind the times and missing out on lucrative opportunities. Social media sites connect people from all over the world on a single platform. Irrespective of the locations, genders and nationalities, social media users are constantly connected with one another. Popular networking sites like Facebook, Twitter, Wikipedia, YouTube etc. ave become the new advertising engines. Their growth is simply phenomenal and many companies have made perfect use of these sites and added millions of customers. The ways in which social media can be leveraged have not been entirely realized, there exists many benefits to be discovered, which remains a challenge for businesses. Social Media is an undergoing evolution of communication that has molded itself into an efficient tool for marketers, often times becoming the foundation of successful marketing strategies.

It allows them to reach out to customers and fans. Consumers are spending more time on the internet, more often than not on social media; they will spend less time using the communication the fullest need to reach their consumers in order to gain the latest knowledge on hese developments (De Pelsmacker, 2010). The objective of this literature review is to summarize some of the latest information regarding opportunities and challenges online social media offers as part of the marketing efforts for brands to their consumers.

Literature Review Social networking (SN) takes advantage of social media (SM) technology to connect with people and build relationships, both personally and professionally. Businesses can attract customers by creating profiles, describing their business, post pictures if applicable and making full use of all the other options made available by the social edia sites. Organizations can find and keep new customers by indulging in relationship marketing. It is important to develop relationships with target audiences.

Options like making friends, starting a community and creating fan pages etc. are perfect ways of expanding the reach of the business. As Amber Farley states, Social media marketing (SMM) is a type of marketing that takes advantage of social media and social networking methods to foster the communication between a brand and its consumers. SMM is made up of conversations, consumer-to-consumers, brand-to- consumer, and even consumer-to-brand (Farley, 2010). Brands gain the ability to interact directly with the consumers, cutting out the middle man.

Social media tools such as Twitter, Facebook, Myspace and LinkedIn are seen as effective ways to reach influential consumers in more meaningful ways and with quick response time from consumers. What makes these tools even more attractive is the sheer amount of active users and demographics that are available at any given time to potentially market your brand or product to. Facebook, as Oren Gil-Or states, for example “Is a very active network with more than 175 million users that are accessing the website ore than once a day.

Although considered a tool for young people, more than two- thirds (and growing) of its users are outside of college and the fastest growing demographic among its users is those 35 years and older” (Gil-Or, 2010). Before a company starts using social media, they have to deliberately think about which target it pursues. Social media marketing can be used for a variety of different purposes such as to increase traffic and improve visibility in search engine results as well as to increase brand perception or trying to raise the number of sales.

While building a trategy it is crucial for a company to know what it strives for (Farley, 2010, p. 27). After a firm clearly defined its goals it has to decide on which social site it wants to act, since different platforms serve different audiences. It is truly important to examine the desired platform in detail. As multiple researchers agree upon, a company has to start to actively listen and learn before diving into the social landscape in order to be able to act appropriate (Farley, 2010), (Smith, 2010).

This is the only way to be accepted by the community, the only way to not offend possible fans” and “followers” and the only way to adjust offers and services accordingly (Farley, 2010, p. 27). There are services that can be used prior to diving into the social media landscape to see what consumers are saying- and realize a brand is already in the social media universe whether they want it or not. An example of a positive step for a brand to take is to identify people who are talking in a positive way and “invite them to try your product”, such as coupons.

Another way to foster a positive impact is improve their future experience with the brand (Smith, 2010). It is Important to note s that firms should never completely rely on SMM, it has to be perceived as an additional marketing technique that is aligned to all other marketing activities and therefore to the company’s goals, resources and target market. It’s essential for those that are advertising to remember the factors that have an effect on consumer behavior and attitudes, because potential consumers are progressively making content about brands, something previously in control by business.

As a result, current studies have determined what features of social media affect consumer behaviors. Chu (2011) inspected the connection amongst Facebook brand associated roup contribution, advertising responses, and the factors of self-disclosure and approaches among those belonging to groups on Facebook. The study found that users who belong to groups on Facebook were more likely to talk about their personal information than nonmembers. A brand has a better chance of acquiring group members on their Facebook page if their consumers have a positive attitude toward their own advertising strategy, so they can receive promotional messages.

Knowing this, Chu (2011) says that a link is present amongst consumers’ use of groups on social media. The relationship between consumers’ use of and engagement with roup applications influences the rate and effectiveness of advertising on social media, particularly Facebook. Generally, as Chu (2011) notes, Social media sites have the ability to be a rich platform for online marketing strategies, particularly for organizations with an undeveloped target market, because Facebook’s users from the ages of 18-23 have the most favorable attitudes toward advertising using social media tools.

This college age group is also the largest growing demographic. One researcher, Cox (2010), found that consumers attitudes and perceptions toward online advertising methods (i. e. videos, online Journals, brand page) differed to some degree across some demographics. Cox discussed how users who belonged to the 18-24 demographic expressed positive feelings toward the various methods of online advertising. These users found these ad formats to be attractive, educational, and entertaining.

The 35-54 demographic preferred methods of advertising on a video and brand pages because they found them more appealing, informative, and had better placement within the layout of the webpage. Unsurprisingly, advertising methods that were non-intrusive and had positive attributes are accepted by users; n the other hand, ads that had interfered with the users’ social networking such as popups, floating boxes, and other various types of intrusive advertising were found highly unfavorable by users (Cox 2010).

A company’s or brand’s goal through advertising, regardless of how big or small, is to create consumer demand. The internet, specifically social media, is an entirely different breed and form of marketing. There are new strategies and means of accomplishing consumer demand. Among possible advantages is the capacity to offer a personalized relationship to consumers. It allows the ability to provide accurate and timely information to customers which generates additional sales. Before social media, people were being informed about new products by traditional forms of marketing. These channels are no longer efficient.

The capacity for a company to make recommendations is certainly among the most promising. For instance, Senecal and Nantel found that consumers Salespeople, (3) Publications and consumer reports (Senecal, Nantel, 2004). Potential consumers may see individuals talking about a specific product or brand on Facebook, Twitter, Yelp, etc. and it may potentially increase demand for individuals. Lauden & Traver, (2010) note that the more people that report about a particular product or service, the higher it appears in search engines’ results and subsequently will be read by millions of users.

This is highly important for firms, given the background that most of all Internet users get in contact with a companies’ website by using search engines. Problem Definition and Objective The development of the Internet, particularly the ground-breaking evolvement of WEB 2. 0, has completely changed the media landscape and subsequently the way people communicate. Nowadays, people can show their sympathy by pressing the “like-button” on someone else’s post on Facebook, write an article on getsatisfaction. om to express their anger about a firm’s low quality service or let videos simply speak for themselves after uploading them on YouTube. As Cyert (1992) claims, being adapted to its environment in the best possible way in order to maximize net revenue has always been among every firm’s main goals. So how should firms react in order to benefit from that trend? The primary goal of this paper is therefore to point out the relevant changes in Internet users’ behavior due to ecently evolved communication forms in social media.

I will then put a particular emphasis on its impact on firms’ prospective marketing strategies by critically evaluating the opportunities and barriers this development entails. Furthermore, the comprehension of that enormously significant effect shall be increased by taking into account the findings of Social Network Theory. Course of the Investigation Several academic works presenting the Social Network Theory will be discussed. In doing so, I will dedicate a special focus towards the features of the so-called strength of weak ties.

Furthermore, I will present various events that were key triggers in the development of the Internet throughout the course of the last decade, ultimately resulting in the Web 2. 0, the Internet as we know it today, as well as its impacts on interpersonal communication with regards to Social Network Theory. The knowledge derived from the previously described section will be used to illustrate the importance of investing in Social Media Marketing. In doing so, however, it is crucial to follow the prerequisites I will expose throughout this investigation in order to execute the campaign in a successful manner.

Finally, I will controversially discuss the opportunities and barriers that Social Media Marketing entails in order to answer the question whether an engagement should be conducted and its possible influence on traditional online marketing. Theoretical Foundations: Social Network Theory Since academic scholars’ first draw their attention to the scientific analysis of interpersonal behavior, inspired by the work “Who shall Survive” of Jacob Moreno, the term “Social Network Theory’ has become a widely discussed topic in modern sociology and its findings have gained a significant following in all different fields of tudies.

Social Network Theory, as we know it today, refers to the structural analysis of social relationships between people, based on systematic empirical data (Marsden, 1990). These relations are commonly displayed by nodes and ties, where nodes represent the individuals within the network and ties the connection between them, contact. Generally, these connections can be divided into strong and weak ties in order to denote the respective closeness of the individuals’ relationships.

The Strength of Weak Ties A very popular and renowned researcher in the field of sociology is Mark Granovetter ho thoroughly investigated the marginal value of strong and weak ties in social networks. He concluded, that “social systems lacking in weak ties will be fragmented and incoherent. New ideas will spread slowly, scientific endeavors will be handicapped, and subgroups will have difficulty reaching a modus Vivendi” (Granovetter, 1983, p. 202). To sum it up: the more links between several dense social systems exist, the faster information will spread.

A tremendously important experiment in social sciences and especially in this context is the “small world phenomenon”, conducted by Stanley Milgram in 1967, in which the number of ocial acquaintances required to connect two arbitrary persons was to be proven (Milgram, 1967). The result, that states it required around six people, significantly substantiates Granovetter’s thesis as weak ties were the driving factor that eventually connected these two persons, who did not know each other directly.

We can therefore summarize that weak ties not only impart knowledge to dense social networks but that their number is an incredibly important factor regarding the speed information can spread (Granovetter, 1983). WEB 2. 0: Historical Review of the Internet for the past 15 Years For many years the Internet was perceived as a echnology that allowed a small group of people to proactively publish information and data whereas the main part of Internet users were only enabled to consume the provided content (http://computer. howstuffworks. com).

The role allocation has been clearly determined as publisher and receiver. Around 2005 people realized that this relation began to change when services as wikis, podcasts, blogs, social networks and several other social media forms emerged that allowed any Internet user to generate, edit and publish content (O’Reilly, 2007). In the following I would like to point out the elevant changes that have shifted the Internet’s use from being a high-capacity information source towards an additional interpersonal communication medium: Firstly, webhosting and Internet domains have been becoming more favorable.

People can therefore easily obtain web space and a domain name in order to run their own web page (Weinberg, 2010, p. 14). At first that does not seem to be too important, but eventually we can observe the shift from a monopolistic structure, where only a few providers offered overpriced capacities to a small clientele, to a democratic use of this highly important resource.

Secondly, the process of designing and maintaining a web site is rather facilitated as open source-applications for web publishing Ooomla, Word-press, Drupal) and several standard open source-designs became available (O’Reilly, 2007). Thirdly, we observe a number of technological improvements, which have occurred within the last ten years, which not only led to a radically changed Internet using experience but also to a significantly improved usability.

For instance mash-up technologies – web applications that add value by combining multiple content sources via programming interfaces (API’s) – and also rich Internet applications” (Flash, Java, Ajax), which enable users to work with intuitive and dynamic one-screen applications, made it much more attractive for data hosting websites for photos (Flickr, snapshot,), videos (YouTube, eyespot, myvideo) and podcasts (Apple, Odeo) had a tremendous effect on the interpersonal communication via Internet as it was at no charge, simple to use and an entire new form of communication (Funk, 2008).

Finally, between 2006 and 2007 at the latest, when “Facebook opened to anyone with an e-mail address” (CrunchBase) and the number of Facebook users surpassed the 50,000,000 mark (http:// facebookmarketing. e), the era of online social networking started. That phenomenon especially gains importance according to Jim Sterne, a renowned pioneer of social media marketing, who states “It’s another channel. People like to use all different methods of communication” (Martinez, 2010, p. 19).

What has to be stressed is that it was more than a single factor that suddenly changed the entire structure into what Dale Daugherty defined as “Web 2. 0” (Weinberg, 2007, p. 17). It was rather the ongoing process of technological innovations, the lowered price for one’s own space in the World Wide Web, and in particular the way people perceived and therefore sed the Internet as an additional communication medium. Definition Social Media Marketing Since there exists no general perception of what social media marketing exactly is, I will give a clear definition that underlies the whole course of investigation.

In my opinion, social media marketing (SMM) is the process that enables people to advertise their websites, products or services with the help of social media in order to attract a vast community that would otherwise not be easily approachable. Important to note, SMM is heavily based on the dialogue between a company and its ustomers. Hence, it is a completely new way of communication. Why Social Media Marketing is Important: Changed Internet User’s Behavior As a matter of fact, between 2004 and 2009, time that people spent using the Internet doubled from six to twelve hours per week (Kerr, 2009).

According to Jon Gibs, vice president, media and agency insights, Nielsen’s online division, we additionally observe “a wholesale change in the way the Internet is used” (Nielsen, 2009). He thereby refers to an empirical study conducted by Nielsen in August 2009, that states time spent on social etworks and blogs accounted for 17 percent of all time spent in the internet, nearly triple as much as one year ago (Nielsen, 2009). We can therefore observe two significant changes in Internet users’ behavior due to the development that is called “Web 2. “: First the constantly increasing degree to which the Internet becomes an interactive medium has had a dramatic effect on pushing overall time-spent upward. In addition, important to note, a continually growing percentage of this time spent is dedicated to social networks and maintaining connections to one’s personal and professional contacts. Reference to Social Network Theory There exist few empirical studies, which prove that a higher engagement in online social networks is positively correlated with an increase in social capital.

However, it is clear that the Internet provides an alternative way to establish contacts with people who share same the interests and goals (Horrigan, 2002; Ellison, Heino, & Gibbs, 2006; Parks & Floyd, 1996). A survey conducted by Pew Internet (2009) reports “that mobile phone and Internet users, particularly people using social networking sites have more numerous and diverse social ties”. The evolvement of Web 2. 0 weak ties. As a consequence, information transfers far more quickly than ever before regardless the topic, the number of dialogue partners or the distance between these people (Funk, 2008).

The Decline of Traditional Marketing Forms Before the evolvement of social media, people were being informed about new products by traditional forms of marketing such as printed advertising or TV- commercials. These established communication channels are not efficient anymore (Weinberg, 2010, p. 15). Nowadays, any Internet user has got the possibility to communicate his opinion about a service or product by writing an article on his blog, weeting its criticism on twitter or simply add a recommendation on Yelp.

The more people report about a particular service, the higher it appears in search engines’ results and subsequently will be read by millions of users (Lauden & Traver, 2010). This is highly important for firms, given the background that most of all Internet users get in contact with a companies’ website by using search engines. Increased Significance of Recommendations The importance of recommendations within the purchase decision process is highly significant and has been the reason for various investigations: According to Nielsen

Global Online Consumer Survey (Nielsen, 2009), 70 percent of respondents said they trust consumer opinions posted online. Furthermore, consumers are much more likely to buy products that were recommended online by others (Senecal, Nantel, 2004). Firms who know to influence these driving factors in the purchasing process will therefore experience a huge gain in terms of prospective brand recognition, traffic and sales! In the following I will explain how companies can proactively use social media to leverage brand awareness and reach other marketing goals. Finding New Customers by Social Media Sites

Many organizations have started to invest in social media marketing. However, no business likes to invest in a venture/strategy without measuring the return on investment (ROI). In case of social media, there is one very effective method to measure the ROI and that is customer acquisition. Social media sites provide wonderful opportunities to companies to find new customers. These sites are particularly useful for smaller businesses and entrepreneurs. It comes as no surprise to find that nearly half of small businesses around the world have acquired customers through social networks.

Social media websites have come as a boon for small business houses that can acquire new customers and advertise their products/ services at a much lesser cost. The success ofa business is very much determined by its ability to attract new customers to its fold. That explains the emphasis on social media sites by companies. These websites are where businesses get to meet as many different people as possible, know their interests, contacts and spread the information that they are open for business.

Quite a large number of companies are known to provide budgetary allocation to advertising on social media sites. There are very few ways better than social media marketing to let the word out about your business to attract new customers. Internet is a global phenomenon and using it, business houses can reach millions if not billions of people. Using Social Media Proactively Firms can distribute a mostly odd or enigmatic message to call attention to a brand, a media offer (Weinberg, 2010, p. 5).

The firm tries therefore to proactively influence Internet users, preferably people who have got a rather extended network with numerous weak ties, in order to leverage brand awareness and achieve other marketing goals. It is especially successful, as most people perceive the social network space to be generally vendor-free. Furthermore, Gil-Or (2010) claims the fact that the information is delivered by other consumers strongly increases its trustworthiness. Due to its potential to spread as fast as an epidemic it is referred to as Mral marketing” (Weinberg, 2010).

What has to be stressed is that viral marketing requires the effort to initiate the message somewhere in the World Wide Web. Even though this method belongs to word of mouth marketing, it is not part of the social media marketing aspects I have been dedicating my focus to throughout this nvestigation as it is not based on the communication between a firm and its customers and rather uses the fast-paced information flow social media offer, and will thus not be further evaluated.

Critical Evaluation of Social Media Marketing: The Fear of Engaging in Social Media As defined, social media marketing heavily relies on the communication between a company and its customer. It tries to channel and control what Katie Delahaye Paine, CEO of KD Paine & Partners and a very experienced marketing consultant, splendidly expressed in her article “New School Of Thought” in 2009 (Paine, 2009). Thanks to advances in technology that have made it incredibly easy and virtually free to create content, your customers, your employees and other stakeholders are now the media, the editors and the reviewers.

They are in control, and theyre going to let you know what they think by voicing their opinions and changing their behavior. As outlined, any information about a company could rapidly spread through the Internet and firms’ control about what people communicate is strictly limited. Automatically, that is often perceived as a thread. Not for nothing, nervousness about customer’s compliances is the most frequently entioned reason why most American banks are afraid of engaging in social media (Farley, 2010, p. 27). Nevertheless firms have to accept that the way people communicate has changed.

The Internet has fostered the dialogue and there will be conversations about companies’ products, regardless whether the firms participate or not (Weinberg, 2010, p. 18). Mike Murphy, vice president of global sales for Facebook, simply noticed once “You can’t control the message like you could before, but you can certainly shape the dialogue” (Sam Smith). Enterprises who accept that shift of power nd succeed in implementing well-planned social media marketing strategies will reap its benefits. A growing number of firms has recognized that shift and have already acted.

According to Word-of-Mouth Marketing Forecast 2009-2013, by PQ Media (www. pqmedia. com), spending on word-of-mouth (WOM) marketing rose 10. 2% to $1. 70 billion in 2009. Additionally marketers are progressively integrating WOM with online media. Spending on WOM online communities increased 26. 6% to $119 million. If a firm has made the first step and has decided to start engaging in SMM there are several key points that have to be considered in order to successfully mplement the social media marketing strategy (Weinberg, 2010, p. 21).

Without complying with these prerequisites a company will experience devastating consequences that possibly lead to a worsened brand reputation as well as firms have to be vigilant about when engaging in SMM. Prerequisites for Successful Social Media Marketing: Develop a Strategy Before a company starts using social media, they have to deliberately think about which target it pursues. Social media marketing can be used for a variety of different purposes such as to increase traffic and improve visibility in search engine results as well as to ameliorate brand erception or trying to raise the number of sales (Weinberg, 2010).

I will go into further details later on regarding the possible benefits of SMM, but while building a strategy it is crucial for a company to know what it strives for (Farley, 2010). After a firm clearly defined its goals it has to “decide on which social site it wants to act, since different platforms serve different audiences” (Lake & Sutcliffe, 2010). Hence, it is truly important to examine the desired platform in detail. A company has to start to “actively listen and learn before diving into the social landscape”(Farley, 2010, p. 27) n order to be able to act appropriate.

This is the only way to be accepted by the community, the only way to not offend possible “fans” and “followers” and the only way to adjust offers and services accordingly (Farley, 2010, p. 27). Important to note is that firms should never completely rely on SMM, it has to be perceived as additional marketing techniques that are aligned to all other marketing activities and therefore to the companys goals, resources and target market (Van Rensselar, 2009). Take Engagement Seriously and Monitor Activities As discussed, social media can possibly harm companies’ reputation significantly.

Nevertheless a lot of firms do not take their engagement seriously, as a consequence junior staff or even interns are given the task to observe, handle and report the activities on social sites that are being used by the firm (Proulx, 2010). Even though these young people know the Internet and its use rather well, their lack of business knowledge can significantly harm the company’s renowned (Proulx, 2010). Firms have to acknowledge the importance of social media and therefore react appropriately.

Companies ought to hire professionals such as consultants or specialized social edia marketers who handle that important part of a firms marketing strategy. SMM is not about broadcasting a message to potential customers, but it is truly based on the dialogue between the company and its customers. Hence, constantly monitoring is an indispensable condition (Perlik, 2009, p. 30; Proulx, 2010, p. 12), otherwise firms could appear to be not interested in what their purchasers think and complain about. Moreover they even run the risk of missing a possibly dangerous grievance.

The example of Domino’s Pizza illustrates that perfectly: In April 2009 two employees ecorded a video about all the mischief they created in the kitchen and were seen putting a piece of cheese up their noses. The video went viral and within 48 hours more than one million views were recorded on YouTube. As a consequence, within two days the credibility ofa 50 years old company was ruined. Be Honest and Transparent Appearing as a credible, honest and transparent entity is essential for building brand awareness and loyalty with customers (Weinberg, 2010, p. 6; Amber Farley, 2010, p. 27). A company has to elucidate its main goals and values to its customers as well as it has to communicate its successes and mistakes publicly. If firms start faking apparent customer contentment it will always be revealed eventually (Weinberg, famous “Wal-Mart’s Jim and Laura: The Real Story'(Gogoi, 2006) substantiates. Social media marketing is an ongoing process. “Involvement in social media should never have an end date since at its core, that involvement is about nurturing customer relationships”(Proulx, 2010, p. 2). Companies have to realize that engaging in social media is not primarily about spreading a message in order to attract potential customers’ attention but about acknowledging customers’ complaints as well as their esires and therefore building sustainable relationships as illustrated in fgure two. Opportunities and Barriers of Social Media Marketing By now, it has become obvious that social media marketing offers a variety of opportunities for firms, which know to comply with all above mentioned prerequisites.

In the following I would like to explain the possible benefits of such engagement in detail: Increased Traffic and Visibility in Search Engine Results A popular reason for engaging in social media marketing is the desire for an increase in traffic. The more people visit a particular website the higher the chance becomes hat additional clients are being generated (Weinberg, 2010, p. 30). Another advantage of a frequently visited domain is its increase with respect to value for possible on-site display marketing such as wallpapers and skyscrapers.

Hence, the site’s owner can demand higher prices for its advertising space. Eventually, higher traffic will also have an effect on brand awareness as more people get in touch with the company’s offered products and services. In addition a well-planned SMM campaign can help edging out bad promotion in the form of links that are highly ranked in search engine results (Weinberg, 2010, p. 3). Branding Effect Brand recognition can be heavily influenced by an engagement in social media as a study of Immediate Future (Immediate Future) has shown.

Mid term sociology essay buy essay help: buy essay help

Mills and Bergers agree to the notation that “things are not what they seem” because basically humans are always looking for whats really behind the scenes of what is really going on. No one really believes everything they hear on tv or the internet etc. r really believe on ones description of ones self. Mainly because one will always make themselves seem better and “cooler” then who they really are. Humans are always trying to find what really going on in situations or who someone really is not who they say they are to be. One in a selected group of people is got a set of descriptions to that group weather good or bad. But people who look behind find that those stereotypes are not always what they seem to be. Coming to find that in society things aren’t always what they seem.

And the debunking of society is agreed upon because people have set roles depending on what and who people really are. The unmasking tendency is the searching for more o reality then Just the what is thought to be believed. This is only possible “if one does not take the concepts of one’s own society or even of an entire historical period… for granted… ” the common sense beliefs and social actions are illusionary because one who goes about the every day way of living is Just going through the motions. Its like people now a days are robots, agreeing to things they don’t agree etc. its all Just an illusion to what is seemed.

For example in class we would talk about how for example at work or when a friend or stranger asks “how are you doing” Just naturally humans will respond good. Now one who asks that doesn’t really know weather they are doing good or not but they like to hear that they are doing good. If one was to say they weren’t doing good and go on about how bad they are they wouldn’t know how to react. It Just shows how back to that “things are not what they seem” public sociology is basically the spread of sociology and bringing and teaching sociology with discipline to a wider audience of people.

And a societal condition is basically a social issue that is frowned upon by others. Examples being like DWI’s and crime and even the smallest issues such as like blasting music while driving. People view these situations as problems even though the person doing this may not view what was done as a problem or issue. Sociologists need to speak out on this though because people need to see and record the different points of views of people and why they do the things they do. 2. ) The social actors private orbit is what is basically the limited amount to what one is able to view.

Ones doesn’t look at everything and isn’t really able to with in the boundaries they have preventing them from seeing more. Ones self has a family a home and a Job etc. which only allows him or her to see what they do on there every day life. Only sees the city or town they live in and possibly surrounding close. Ones self isn’t able to view everything on around them. The social script is basically how you act and interact in different situations. Ones self acts different at home then they do hanging out with friends. Its how you talk maneuver and act in their different surroundings.

Everyone is like this for example at work you have to show professionalism and be nice even if you are having a bad day. It’s what we do that tries to describe who we are to people by showing them how we talk or act weather or not that’s how we really are. I feel this is eeded to be done in a lot of situations though to get by with things. Ones social self is what one is to others or wants to show who he or she is to others. One will dress and act and talk in the way they want or their own way and it will give others an idea on who they are as a person etc. ts ways of being your self. These things may change often but its what makes you, you. For ones social self it is impacted greatly on gender, age, ethnicity, family etc. reasons being I believe is so that one can be able to fit in with others. When it comes to race there is a way I feel that a race is expected o act or has acted so one acts along with that past or present. With family your family has a huge impact on how you act and how you are raised has a huge impact on what your social self is.

Your peers and who you surround yourself with has a major impact on how you are as a person. Personal experience I hang and surround my self with skateboarders and “festi go-ers” and partiers etc. and people have seen me with this crowd and I may dress like this crowd so my first impression with people they Just assume a lot right away. I know the pressure to do things in certain roups and situations are high at times and you feel like you gotta live up to your standards and who your are seen to be.

One may over come this social construction of the social actor by finding the true self of one and getting outside of there normal everyday area and getting out and seeing the world and Just being them selves and letting who ever likes them for who they are. I think one who is willing to go out and put themselves in other areas and possibly all over the map with people and groups they are in can really see how everyone views things poor, rich, cool, loser, happy or sad. Once one is able to see all he different points of views from all over the world I feel one can find ones self and become the one that is most wanted.

Everything done has a reason behind it or cause. One can over come this all by basically getting out of their norm. 3. ) I asked my grandpa what he thought of social reality of the homelessness in the world. He basically summed it up in the fact that it’s the life style of living now a days for all these kids. They get their new technology and all this and that and then when its time for them to hit the real world they don’t have the people to support them anymore and they end up becoming homeless. Also all the stupid drugs that are out in the world now. All these homeless people are Just bumming money to get more crack.

None of them use or save there money to actually get themselves out of the huge rut theyre in. Plus if it wasn’t so hard to get a Job now a days you wouldn’t have as much of this problem around. They make it how you cant get a Job without some sort of degree. Even if one knows the subject so well yet don’t have a degree not much you can do about it. And a lot of Jobs don’t give kids the money now a days to support themselves and school because school has gotten so expensive. Then he oes to bring up the free masons and all that about how the rich are out to get richer don’t work out like that.

Identity and image write essay help: write essay help

Image can be defined as a reproduction or an imitation of something or as a mental picture or impression of something (Merriam Webster Online Dictionary, 2011). Most images are hard to distinguish because it is based on subjective perception and opinion. The forever-changing image of nursing is an example of how subjective perceptions affect the profession. Different stereotypes engraved and the portrayal in the media of nursing can influence the image of the profession. The roles of these aspects including the lack of uniformity of nursing will be iscussed.

Nurse Stereotypes In the profession of nursing many stereotypes arise. The mixed connotations of these stereotypes cause confusing images of nurses. Some stereotypes are angel of mercy and sex bombshell. Stereotypes of the male nurse will also be discussed. Nurses described as angels of mercy can be dated back as far as the era of the Crimean War (Huston, 2014, p. 329). The angel of mercy image is saint-like, going “above and beyond” caring for the sick. When one thinks of an angel of mercy, Florence Nightingale comes to mind. She cared for the injured and sick during the Crimean War.

In 2011 there was an ad by Kaiser Permanente portraying the nurse as an angel of mercy. In the ad Kaiser Permanente’s depiction of nurses is as follows, “nurse means noble. Nurse means selfless… Nurses are nurses because their capacity to care is colossal” (Truth About Nursing. 2011). With positive features of the angel of mercy there are negative features as well. Some may believe this stereotype hurts the profession. The angel of mercy title may mean to some as a nurse being herculean, phenomenal, or superhuman. These characteristics can be misleading, ortraying nurses as overly extraordinary making it complicated if they fail.

The sex bombshell stereotype of nurses conveys negative attention to the profession. The “sexy nurse” wears short skirts, thigh high stockings, red lipstick, and tight tops showing off their breasts. The “sexy nurse” can be seen throughout the media during the 1960s and 1970s. M*A*S*H (1970) depicted a nurse, “Hot Lips” Houlihan as seductive. This illustration was demeaning, bringing negative attention to the profession when the profession was beginning to be recognized. More interest was given to the sexuality of the bombshell nurse than their skill and xpertise.

The negative attention in M*A*S*H (1970) downgraded the profession of nursing paving the way for the unconstructive portrayal of nurses in shampoo and gum commercials (Huston, 2014, p. 331). Male nurses are also stereotyped. They can be viewed as homosexual, hypersexual, non-achievers, less compassionate, and less caring (Huston, 2014, p. 333). Homosexuality is a common label of male nurses because nursing is seen as a predominately female occupation. Male nurses seen as hypersexual can be a result of some thinking that the only reason males become nurses are to feed their sexual arousal.

Being in close quarters to the deprived and weak may entice the hypersexual nurse resulting in bad behavior. The “non-achiever” may also be a occupation, not mixed gender. In an article describing the roles of the nurse it is said that, “men were doctors and women were nurses. Doctors diagnosed and treated patients; nurses cared for the needs of patients” (Connolly, 2008). Males in nursing could be seen as compliant not going the extra mile in obtaining a doctorate degree. Also male nurses may be seen as mediocre and not qualified (Huston, 2014, p. 333).

Take for instance the movie Meet the Parents in 2000. The movie’s main character, a male nurse was depicted as a non-achiever because he was compliant and happy in his position as nurse. These stereotypes of the male nurse make it hard for the profession to recruit males. Nursing in the Media Many stereotypes in nursing stem from the media. Shows such as “ER”, “Nurse Jackie”, “Greys Anatomy’, and most recently, “Scrubbing In” depicts nurses in a non- professional manner. Inappropriately, this can make a negative impact on the future prospects in nursing, and the way society portrays nursing. Scrubbing In”, is a reality show that first aired on Oct 24, 2013. The premise of the show is to follow the lives of travel nurses as they fulfill an assignment in California . Unfortunately, instead of highlighting the effort nurses make in caring for their patients, the show airs scenes of the nurses arguing, getting drunk, partying, and exposing themselves to other people. Karen A. Daley, president of the American Nurses Association (ANA), wrote a letter to Music Television (MTV) expressing her great disappointment in the way the show depicted the nursing profession .

In the letter, Ms. Daley mentioned that nurses have an increase in responsibility every day in healthcare and when edia displays the nursing profession as “MTV did with “Scrubbing In,” it can severely impair future nursing recruitment and increase the nursing shortage . She also mentioned that the image of nursing could become inaccurate to patients who need to trust and rely on the nurse to provide excellent care. Nursing image by means of the Internet, can be distorted, and alter the perception of the nursing profession.

Many images on Google between the years of 2001 to 2004 were found to be sexually suggestive and degrading, with women exposing cleavage in their scrub tops, wearing fishnet stockings, and garter belts (Huston, 2014). Unfortunately, when we conducted the same search, we have to concur that these images do exist even still in 2013 . The negative depiction of nurses in the media sparked a group of John Hopkins University graduate nursing students to formulate the, “Center for Nursing Advocacy’ which was unsuccessful due to legal technicalities (Huston, 2014).

Although that organization didn’t excel, Sandy Summers who belonged to that same group of graduate students created a new organization called, “Truth About Nursing (Huston, 2014). ” The purpose of this organization is to foster growth, strengthen the ursing profession, educate, research, and improve the healthcare system (Huston, 2014). Nursing stereotypes are still well ingrained, and tend to establish itself at an early age. By the age of three years old, gender roles and future careers begins to be present (Huston, 2014).

Interestingly, boys will consider “high-status” female Jobs Just as much as a “low-status” male Job, but the girls tend to consider female Jobs only (Huston, 2014). Promoting positive, non-gender bias nursing images during the early elementary school-age, can heighten a young boys perceptions of nursing, thus Implications for Practice The numerous stereotypes of nurses are an issue in the profession. These stereotypes lead to the confusion that “old stereotypes of nurses as overbearing, brainless, sexually promiscuous, and incompetent” (Huston, 2014, p. 328).

We have learned as the profession grows negative historical characteristics of the nurse need to be forgotten. They bring harmful attention to nurses making it difficult for the profession to be taken serious. In day-to-day practice we need to shed light on the positive, constructive attributes of nurses like, caring, skillful, and competent. As Karen Daley stated in her letter to MTV, the negative images influence the attitudes of clients . But it also negatively impacts the perception of other healthcare providers, politicians, and policy makers (Huston, 2014).

This led to our professional growth by encouraging us to become active in creating a positive image of the nursing profession. We all will have worked hard for our degree and have experienced many ups and down, so it is upsetting that the media can make a few shows, and it automatically creates a negative stigma on the nursing profession. Nursing is a profession One of the first necessary steps needed to be made is reclaiming the title “nurse”. Currently the term nurse is used very loosely with individuals who are not incensed to practice as a nurse using the term. The International Council of Nurses (ICN) stated that the term “nurse” should be protected by law and applied to and used only by those legally authorized to practice the full scope of nursing” (ICN, 2004). Protection of the title “nurse” would also warrant for the discontinuation of its use by UAPs. Commonly, patients are confused as to who really is the registered nurse ecause most of the staff refers to themselves as nurses. Reclaiming the title means that only the registered nurse can use the title and confusion regarding who the nurse truly is will diminish.

Cason Snell rice supplement essay help: rice supplement essay help

In Smartphone Evolution, Macworld. December 2012, Vol. Issue 12 pg 28-32). ” Over the years I have had many different smart phones but the iphone is the only one I have been completely satisfied with. I believe that the ‘phone is the most unique cutting edge technology you can buy because of face time, Siri, and its excellent quality and features. By far the most unique feature on the iphone would have to be face time. Face time is a video chat like Skype but it’s on your phone. This feature allows you to see the person you are talking to wherever they are. Being able to connect with my family and friends in this special way is something I now wouldn’t want to go without.

I use face time with my dad when he is out of town and with my boyfriend when we are away from each other. It’s so nice to see their face and their surroundings during our conversations. I’m also able to screen shot during face time, which allow me to take pictures of our conversations. Can you imagine how nice it would be to have face time if you had family and friends who lived far away? To be able to see their face anytime, anywhere keeps you connected in a way no other smart phone can. Another amazing feature is Siri. Siri stands for Speech Interpretation and Recognition Interface.

This hands free feature allows you to make calls, send messages, set reminders, make appointments, and do so much more. Simply ask her and even tell you how many miles it is from earth to mars. I use Siri the most for navigation. She does an excellent Job getting me where I need to go. When I am in an unfamiliar place I can find a restaurant, gas station, or even a good hotel. When it comes to information, Siri is a talking Google. Any question you have, she has the answer. Most people would Just search the internet for information they need, but if you have an ‘phone you bypass searching different websites when you ask Siri.

This xclusive feature is only available on some, not all iphone models. No other smart phone can compare to the iphone when it comes to quality and cutting edge technology. ‘phones come equipped with an ‘sight camera with eight megapixels that produces amazing picture quality. I use my phone to take pictures more than I do my camera. Having long battery life is important if you are on your phone a lot. ‘phones come with a built in rechargeable lithium ion battery that allows you up to 8 to 10 hours of talk time. So whether you are talking, texting, or on the lightning fast internet you don’t have to worry about charging your phone.

In the article Iphones5 Takes Next Step In Smartphone Evolution, Jason Snells states “The iphone5 offers major advances on almost every front. In the technology industrys fast moving product category, it’s the best version of the most successful product produced by the world’s most valuable company. ” This is certainly true with the iphones5s. It has touch ID fingerprint identity sensor. Instead of entering a pass code to unlock your phone, this feature allows you to place your finger on the home button to unlock. This makes it easier, faster, and to keep your ‘phone secure. What other smart phone can do that?

Once you own an iphone you will never be satisfied with any other. It has superior quality and so many unique features I never knew I even needed and now I couldn’t live without. Face time helps you stay close with the people you love in such a special way and Siri is like having an intelligent best friend. The ‘phone truly is a smart phone and I personally can’t wait to see what they come up with next. Most models cost about the same as any Droid and with a contract through Verizon or another provider, it can cost less. If you are due for an upgrade or Just want the best technology has to offer, it’s time for an ‘phone.

Complementary and Alternative Treatment for ADHD best college essay help: best college essay help

Disorder is a behavioral, developmental and neurobiological disorder that is a commonly diagnosed disorder in children. This disorder is associated with developmentally high levels of hyperactivity, impulsivity, inattention and has a high rate of comorbid diagnosis such as anxiety, depression, and mood disorders. It is estimated that 3-5 percent of children suffer from this disorder and 60 percent of those cases show symptoms of ADHD through adolescents and adulthood (Bakhshani 1).

ADHD is complex and is often associated with genetic nd biological environmental factors that contribute to the many symptoms of the disorder. Influenced by family history, personality, genetics and the environment, symptoms of ADHD can be associated with a broad range of emotional, mental and behavioral problems. People diagnosed with ADHD tend to have difficulty in focusing, and following task through to completion; they are easily distracted, forgetful, disorganized, and also have the tendency to have mood swings and anger problems.

If symptoms go untreated it could cause a wide range of additional problems to nclude low self-esteem, aggressive behavior, anxiety and depression and even suicidal thoughts. In order to treat symptoms of ADHD, the first line treatment process consists of stimulant medications. Attention Deficit Hyperactive disorder and treatment can be very difficult depending on the person being diagnosed and the severity of the disorder.

It is noted that 90 percent of children diagnosed with ADHD will receive some form of medication as treatment for their symptoms and out of that 90 percent, 70 percent will receive stimulant medications as a first line treatment process (Ducca 9). Long- cting stimulant medications are recommended because the results tend to show longer-lasting, smoother improvement of symptoms. Although, stimulant medication helps control symptoms of ADHD there are several side effects associated with it. Some of these side effects are the potential for abuse and addiction, loss of appetite, headaches, weight loss, nervousness and insomnia.

Physicians and parents are seeking CAM treatments due to the negative side effects associated with the disorder. Complementary and Alternative Medicine is considered to be a safe and effective form of treatment for ADHD. Conditionally, it is a matter of finding the ppropriate treatment that fits the needs and conditions of the individual that is 20 and 40 percent of healthy children and over 50 percent of children diagnosed with chronic and recurrent diagnosed conditions use complementary treatments in pursuit of health and well-being (Ducca 9).

CAM treatments are used because they are natural, safe and effective ways to treat symptoms of ADHD. There are several CAM treatments available to include homeopathic treatment, electroencephalogram (EEG) feedback, diet modifications, fatty acid supplementation, nutritional modifications, exercise therapy, to include physical activities and a green outdoor etting. All of which have shown to have a positive impact on the alternative treatment of this disorder. Homeopathic treatments are one of the most popular treatments used in treating ADHD.

In order for the treatment to be effective the homeopathic practitioners need to know all of the patient’s symptoms, and medical history to include any and all mental and emotional symptoms they may have. Homeopathic treatment identifies the illness and finds specific medications that will suit the individual and characteristics of the symptoms. By doing so, the practitioner is treating the patient and not the symptoms. Research displayed that 85 percent of participants in a study group conducted for treatments of ADHD improved over a 12 week period (Pellow, Solomon, Barnard 332).

In this study, the treatment consisted of a mixture of remedies that were all natural and related directly to the disorder so that the treatment would accurately treat the symptoms on each individual case. Homeopathic treatments safely and quickly relieve symptoms including hyperactivity, inattentiveness, poor concentration, and difficulty reading and writing. It will balance energy levels and provides therapeutic support for optimal overall health and vitality, s well as provide fast, all-natural symptom relief with no negative side effects.

Usa and china foreign policy grad school essay help: grad school essay help

The flurry of speculation and polemic that has characterized U. S. -Chinese relations in the past decade or so reached a new intensity with the leadership turnover in China earlier this year. As Barack Obama started his second term in office and Xi Jinping assumed power in March, renewed debates emerged about the future of U. S. – Chinese relations, still perceived as the two greatest competitors for hegemonic status in international affairs. However, the reevaluation of this critical relationship has in fact known successive rounds.

With the shock of the recession, the economic scramble” for Africa (both Xi Jinping and Obama visited Africa earlier this year with grand investment plans) and not least the agitation that China feels is instigated by the United States in South East Asia, the relations between the two countries have reached occasional strains. This relationship has also been punctuated by a few frictional episodes such as accusations of cyber spying against Beijing or inescapable dilemmas over environmental issues (both fearing that unilateral reductions of C02 emissions would slow down their economies and reduce the leverage of one against the other).

Such moments added further conundrums to this critical relationship and scholars and policy analysts alike have been keen to propose their forecasts. In the field of international relations, the scholarly explanations for U. S. -Chinese relations are commonly divided among realists, liberals and constructivists, and ranging from pessimistic to optimistic scenarios. Realists predict inescapable security dilemmas and power balancing arising between the two countries, further complicated by regional dynamics and the possession of nuclear weapons by both.

On a more optimistic note, the liberal argument stresses the economic interests and nstitutional connections between the two countries (including membership in international organizations) as enablers of trust and cooperation. The pacifying potential of economic interdependence as well as the a priori assumption that the two countries would act as rational actors are hypothesized as factors for cooperative and peaceful relations.

Constructivists frame this relation in terms of the learning process the two countries undergo and the shifting norms that can occur with repeated interactions and elites’ socialization. In this ongoing debate, practice often recedes theory, so the dose of optimism and pessimism about U. S. -Chinese relations varies as events unfold. However, the relations between the United States and China can be best described in the long run in the framework of symbiotic realism, which provides an analytical framework for international relations in an anarchic world of instant connectivity and interdependence.

Competition, the pursuit of interests and power have been perennial features of international politics and it would be hopelessly utopian to assume the opposite, even in a context of economic and financial interdependence. Yet, interdependence and connectivity do play a crucial role in shaping actors’ behavior, compelling them to assess their foreign affairs with pragmatism. This is and will remain the dominant undercurrent in U. S. – Chinese relations, mirroring symbiotic relations. Symbiosis in nature refers to a generally mutually beneficial.

A distinct class of symbiosis, mutualism, refers to one party gaining from a relationship without causing serious disadvantage to the other. The nature of U. S. -Chinese relations subscribes to this description if only one considers the predominant dimensions of these relations: one country redominantly borrows while the other lends, one produces, the other consumes. Nevertheless, mistrust, ideological incompatibly and competition endure in many areas of the relations between the United States and China.

Moreover, emotionality pervades through both countries’ foreign-policy discourses. Both the U. S. and Chinese strategic cultures, informed by their distinct cultural and historical baggage, infuse a sense of exceptionalism to their actions. The United States regards itself as a promoter of universal values and China takes pride in its long history and Sinic ulture, coupled with a perception of humiliation by the West in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Virtuousness and emotionality thus arise as potential factors that complicate interstate relations.

However, according to the logic of symbiosis, it is highly unlikely that any of these factors could escalate to fracture their relations. Their level of interdependence compels them to focus on the big picture rather than get trapped in small dissensions and endless security dilemmas. This understanding has already gained traction in both countries. Not surprisingly, when Hillary Clinton escribed the “different kind of relationship” with China at a conference at the U. S.

Institute for Peace in March 2012, the message was clear: “We’ve gone from being two nations with hardly any ties to speak of… to being thoroughly, inescapably interdependent. ” The evolution of this relation, now based on unprecedented connectivity, speaks for itself: “In 1972, our countries were connected only through a narrow official channel – one member of government talking to another. Today, the web of connections linking our nations is vast and complex, and reaches into Just bout every aspect of our societies. Our economies are tightly entwined.

And so is our security. ” As the United States rejects any disposition for zero-sum competitions, the Chinese leader has similarly ended a recent interview on a conciliatory note, stating that “the vast Pacific Ocean has enough space for two large countries like the United States and China. ” These positive exchanges might not be a guarantee for eternal peace. Nevertheless, the framework of symbiotic realism permits a set of safe assumptions of long-term relevance even though states interact in a context of nternational anarchy and are not always rational actors.

Competition, antagonism and egoistic interests are bound to persist between the United States and China but in the particular context of their interdependence, these will be restrained for as long as the two giant powers remain locked in a symbiotic relationship. In a world of increasing interdependence, symbiotic realism is not Just an explanatory framework for U. S. -Chinese relations but widely relevant to global politics. It explains how divergences are accommodated, eliminating zero-sum calculations and making way for pragmatism.

Explain how external and internal influences college essay help free: college essay help free

Title: Explain how external and internal influences may impact on business opportunities in Australia. Purpose: Explaining how external and internal influences may impact on opportunities businesses have in Australia. Introduction: External influences such as Financial, geographic, social, economic and competitive situation are all influences that impact business opportunities in Australia. Internal influences such as products, locations, resources and management are also factors that contribute to business opportunities in Australia.

These influences can affect a usiness dramatically, the external influences are harder for a business to change as they are influences that a business itself cannot change, internal influences are easier for a business to change. External influences: Financial influences can impact on businesses as they are always changing and are very unsustainable. With interest rates and access of loans constantly changing it is hard to stay financially stable.

Geographical Influences have large impacts on business activity as the geographical location can change factors and lead to changes in the nature of product and service. Social influences can affect the business if it doesn’t respond to changes in taste, fashion and culture and can lead to a decline in sales. If the business responds to changes in fashion and culture the sales will increase. If a decline in sales occurs is may cause threat to the businesses stability & visibility.

Economical influences can affect the business with the economic cycles changing from boom to recession. Competitive situation can affect the business depending on the number of competitors and the size of competitors. External influences are influences, which highly impact on the business opportunities in Australia, as businesses themselves cannot change external influences. An example of an external influence is Myer excepting a lower net profit, as they are losing up to 5% of their profits to other competing stores, especially now to internet shopping.

This could be helped by Myer introducing online shopping to its customers, and discounts when they use the online accounts. Internal influences: Products influences business opportunities in the way they provide a variety of products for consumers to buy. If people don’t like the products they will not business opportunities as if your business is located in a poor area you might not get h customer satisfaction you want. If your business does not have good management and resources is will struggle in up holding good business quality.

An example of an internal influence is that a corner store in the middle of a bush wouldn’t do as well as a corner store on a busy street in the city as less customers would be walking past a bush on a daily basis. Conclusion: Internal and external influences impact on business opportunities in many different ways, the NSW Government has seen the need that growth and support in businesses in NSW is necessary for a business to economical grow.

Moral Relativism college admissions essay help: college admissions essay help

Paul Sartre’s atheistic existentialism divides the world into 2 groups, authentic and inauthentic. Authentic people are distinguished by their deliberate choices to use their freedom to find purpose and meaning in their existence, while inauthentic people are characterized by passivity. John Gardner disagrees with moral relativism evidenced in Sartre’s existentialism and chooses to believe in moral absolutes. He portrays Grendel in his book Grendel as a condemnation of the moral relativism expressed by Jean Paul Sartre’s ideas of atheistic existentialism.

Through Grendel’s experiences with contrasting religions and his philosophical mentors, Grendel chooses to embody Sartre’s idea of authenticity by terrorizing the people around him. Through Grendel’s initial attraction with the Shaper, a scop and a symbol of the Old Testament, Gardner shows how Grendel is able acknowledge moral absolutes like music. The Shaper’s stories and music fascinate Grendel. He deeply moves Grendel and through his songs, even manages to convince Grendel that he is a monster shunned by god and a descendant from Cain. “l believed him. Such was the power of the Shaper’s harp!

Stood wriggling my face, letting tears down my nose, grinding my fists into my streaming eyes, even though to do it I had to squeeze with my elbow the corpse of the proof that both of us were cursed” (Grendel 51). Grendel knows that the Shaper tells lies, but the Shaper’s beautiful music and persuasive voice convinces Grendel that he is a terrible race cursed by God. Grendel believes the Shaper’s portrayal of his purpose is wrong and becomes overwhelmed. He runs to the humans in hope of communicating with them. “l sank to my knees, crying, “Friend! Friend! ” They hacked at me, yipping like dogs” (52).

All Grendel wants is to be accepted and find purpose to guide his life. So when the humans reject him, he chooses to ignore what the Shaper says about him. Gardner uses the Shaper to show how even after Grendel is introduced to moral absolutes, he rejects them. In denial of what the Shaper has said about him, Grendel decides to visit the dragon, which Gardner uses to represent sartrean and nihilistic values. The dragon tells Grendel: My knowledge of the future does not cause the future. It merely sees it, exactly as creatures at your low level recall things past … I do not change the future, I merely do what I say from the beginning.

That’s obvious, surely. Let’s say it’s settled then. So much for free will and intercession! (63) The dragon educates Grendel by saying that there is no free will in this universe, no choice, that things are already pre-determined, and there is nothing anyone can do to change it. The dragon also says, “That’s where the Shaper saves them. Provides an illusion of reality … spins it all together with harp runs and hoots, and they think what they think is alive, thinks Heaven loves them. It keeps them going” (65) He is trying to prove to Grendel how umans use and make up God and Heaven as a source of comfort and faith.

The dragon also blatantly says to Grendel that there is no god, no heaven, and no hell, that the universe has no purpose. He solidifies this idea by saying: A swirl in the speak pure metaphor, you understand then by chance a vast floating cloud of dust specks, an expanding universe … Complexities: green dust as well as the regular kind. Purple dust. Gold. Additional refinements sensitive dust, copulating dust, worshipful dust! Complexity beyond complexity, accident on accident until … 71) The dragon believes that the universe is all Just a pile of dust, that there might be different types, but in the end everything is Just dust.

He is also trying to say that the universe and everything in it is all really an accident. The dragon represents Sartre’s atheistic existentialism and nihilism when he chooses to sit on his pile of gold and not care about what Grendel does with his life because in the end, his existence on this planet doesn’t matter. In the end, Grendel listens to the dragon and begins to embody the same values. He says to himself, “l was Grendel, Ruiner of Meadhalls, Wrecker of Kings! ” (80) in an attempt to be authentic. Gardner shows how the dragon’s sartrean beliefs and moral relativism ultimately lead to the corruption of Grendel.

After becoming the destroyer of mead halls, Grendel notices Wealtheow, who becomes the greatest challenge to his sartrean values. “She was beautiful, as innocent as dawn on winter hills. She tore me apart as once the Shaper’s song had done” (102). Grendel is enchanted by her beauty and enraged when she is forced to serve even the lowest of the men. He realizes that she symbolizes the idea of moral bsolutes and Christian values. She sacrifices herself in order to save her people and family from war by becoming a peace weaver. She also acts selflessly and is a constant source of comfort to people. The queen smiled. Impossibly, like roses blooming in the heart of December, she said, “That’s past” (104). When the soldiers make fun of Unferth for killing his brothers, she goes up to him offering forgiveness. She symbolizes Christ, who is also born in December and is the epitome of what it means to be Christian. Grendel says, “l had seen the dragon. Ashes to ashes. And yet I was teased tortured by the red of her hair and set of her chin and the white of her shoulders— teased toward disbelief in the dragon’s truths” (108).

He is tempted to stray from the dragon’s views, because of how Wealtheow contradicts the dragon’s sartrean beliefs. Gardner portrays Wealtheow this way to show how Grendel remains inexorable in his sartrean and nihilistic beliefs even after she disproves them. Near the end of the novel, Grendel is presented yet another chance to change his sartrean and nihilistic ways through the arrival of Beowulf, who Gardner portrays as he epitome of Martin Buber’s beliefs. Buber believed that although one does not know if God is true, life is sacred and one must make a leap of faith to confirm or negate the idea of God.

Beowulf constantly gives Grendel a chance to change his mind. He says, “It’s coming, my brother. Believe it or not. Though you murder the world, turn plains to stone transmogrify life into I and it, strong searching roots will cracker your cave and rain will cleanse it” (170). He calls Grendel his brother even though they are enemies. He also demonstrates Buber’s ideas of I and thou, where verything is precious and meaningful. But when Grendel refuses to change his perspective, Beowulf has no choice but to kill Grendel. “My promise. Time is the mind, queens).

By that I kill you” (170). References to the Shaper, Hrothgar’s men, Beowulf himself, and Wealtheow are made because they all try to show Grendel how moral absolutes triumph over the moral relativism expressed by sartrean beliefs. They try to convince Grendel that there is a purpose to the universe and how God does exist. Grendel is Just too blind and ignorant to see it, which ultimately leads to his downfall. Gardner uses Beowulf and Grendel’s death to signify how Grendel is a condemnation of the moral relativism evidenced by Jean Paul Sartre’s ideas of atheistic existentialism.

The Universe does have a purpose and I concur with John Gardner that there are moral absolutes. There is a right and a wrong, and a difference between good and bad. There is a difference between cheating on a test to get an A and studying for 5 hours to get the same grade. Sartre’s existentialism grouped both good and bad together. Sartre would classify Adam Lanza, the shooter in Connecticut who caused he deaths of 26 innocent people with people like Mother Teresa, who spent their lives trying to make a difference.

I think that humans have free will and it is their choice to live their life how they want based on the decisions they make. I had a chance to either play tennis or baseball well so when I chose tennis, my life changed dramatically. I have no regrets. There is a purpose to life and it is one’s own choice to figure what it is and what to do with it. Although finding one’s purpose might take years or even decades, taking a leap of faith is necessary because in the end, nothing is certain.

Cosmological Argument grad school essay help: grad school essay help

Outline the key features of the cosmological argument The cosmological argument tries to answer the question “why is there a universe rather than nothing at all? ” As the argument draws on experience and observation it is synthetic posterior and inductive. With the use of inductive reasoning, it proposes the need for an eternal and necessary cause. Drawing from Plato’s observation that the universe has to be dependent on a primary mover, which was further developed by Plato’s greatest student Aristotle through his use of reducto ad absurdum reducing the argument to absurdity).

There is also the Kalam argument which tries to prove that the universe must have a cause. Pl : every event has a cause P2: the universe is an event C: God is the cause of the universe The different forms of the cosmological argument include three of the five ways Aquinas proposes in his book Summa Theologica. Aquinas’ first way was the argument of motion, this form of the cosmological argument sprung from the observation that everything is acted upon by something else.

Aquinas argued that there cannot be an infinite chain of regression otherwise the universe would not be here, but it is (reducto ad absurdum) and so there must be a primary mover. Aquinas suggested the primary mover is God. Pl: nothing can come from nothing P2: If there wasn’t a primary mover there would be no universe (reducto ad absurdum) but we know there is P3: there must be an unmoved prime mover C: the unmoved mover is God The second way of Aquinas is the causation argument.

This developed from the fact hat everything has a cause means that there cannot be an infinite regression of causes, there must be one necessary cause that started everything. Aquinas claims this first cause is God. Pl: everything has a cause P2: nothing can cause itself P3: without a first cause there would be no subsequent causes but we know this to be false (reducto ad absurdum) C: God is the first cause The contingency argument is Aquinas’ third way. This argument is different from the first two ways in the sense that it is formed from the idea that everything is ependent on something prior to it.

Aquinas believes that it is not possible for everything to be contingent, so there must be a non-contingent being which Aquinas claims to be God. Pl: things in the world are contingent P2: imagine everything was contingent; then there was one time when everything had passed out of existence (there was nothing) P3: If this was true then there would be nothing now but we know this is not true (reducto ad absurdum) P4: not everything can be contingent; there must be at least one thing that is necessary C: he necessary being is God.

Another philosopher who supported the cosmological argument was Gottfried Leibniz. He accepted the argument because he believes that there had to be a Leibniz argued “If you suppose nothing but succession of states and will not find any of them sufficient reason”. Leibniz rejected an infinite regress along with Aquinas because he did not believe it was a satisfactory explanation for existence. He accepted that God was the first uncaused cause on which everything is dependant.

Mongol Empire english essay help: english essay help

The formation and conquests of the Mongol Empire was very influential both politically and economically on China and Russia in various ways. The Chinese were initially economically stable, and experienced a period of further economic success under the Mongol rule due to various improvements instituted by the Mongols that helped encourage trade. However, overspending eventually majorly contributed to its demise. Dissimilarly, Russia’s economy was falling apart at the seams, and the Mongol arrival helped relatively stabilize it. In both Russia and China, however, the Mongols dominated the government.

The formation and conquests of the Mongol Empire was very influential both politically and economically on China and Russia in various ways. The Chinese were initially economically stable, and experienced a period of further economic success under the Mongol rule due to various improvements instituted by the Mongols that helped encourage trade. However, overspending eventually majorly contributed to its demise. Dissimilarly, Russia’s economy was falling apart at the seams, and the Mongol arrival helped relatively stabilize it. In both Russia and China, however, the Mongols dominated the government. Mongols dominated the government.

Blast Report university essay help: university essay help

Blast Report The case study I received was about a family of four that was experiencing symptoms of fever, abdominal cramping, and diarrhea. The children were affected more severely than the adults. It seems that the family consumed spoiled food considering that their fridge broke early in the day and they ate the food that was in there later on. My blast came up with a 99. 6% match with Salmonella typhimurium. This seems to be an accurate match considering the symptoms related with a Salmonella typhimurium infection.

Salmonella causes gastroenteritis with symptoms f diarrhea, vomiting, fever, and abdominal pain with elderly people, children and pregnant women being at greatest risk of developing infection. This is consistent with the family’s children having more severe symptoms. Symptoms typically last two to five days. S. typhimurium causes infection by invading the intestinal mucosa and multiplying in specialized vacuoles and then invading the liver and spleen where it causes systematic disease. S. typhimurium enters the host orally through spoiled or undercooked meat and the incubation period is about 12 to 24 hours.

It can also be transmitted through the fecal matter or contaminated water which can easily happen in poorly developed countries with poor waste management. Infection of S. typhimurium is highest in countries with poor sanitation but it can occur in any part of the world. The infection should clear up on its own for healthy individuals with access to clean water and food but if the infection spreads to the bloodstream, antibiotics will need to be taken. Transmission can be easily prevented by properly handling and cooking food, and by washing hands often.

Since this family is therwise healthy and has access to clean food and water, they should be fine within a few days with no need for antibiotics. S. typhimurium is a rod shaped gram-negative bacterium. It is a facultative anaerobe so it does not require oxygen to survive. It is also motile via use of flagella. Unlike most Salmonella species, S. typhimurium does not ferment lactose. The citation I selected discusses the effect of the addition of nisin to current Salmonella antibiotics. Overuse and abuse of antibiotics has lead to a serious ongoing problem of antibiotic resistance.

Gregory Of Tours get essay help: get essay help

The Gregory of Tours text can provide you with much information on how people of the sixth century lived. The text can also provide much information about the practices of certain religions during the medieval period especially Christianity. The text reveals much information about the Western European Christians that lived during the sixth century. Throughout the stories from the text you will find numerous examples that display the practices, values, and various other beliefs of these early Christians. Christians in the sixth century had many practices that are similar to todays churches.

There were also many different practices used back then that are not used today by altered churches. The seven sacraments of Christianity are very important to its religion. As marriage being one of the holy seven sacraments, Christians are to take this and all the sacraments seriously. It was normal for Christians to get married very quickly in the sixth century. From the first short story in the Gregory text, there was a man named Lopus who had a brother that essentially arranged a marriage him. Never seeing each other before, Lopus’s brother then arranged a day for the couple to meet and exchange wedding gifts.

Although his brother’s intentions were not for the right reasons, the couple went off to live in the town of Chinon. A practice in the Christian faith that was done back during the sixth century and still practiced today is the process of a man must undergo of progressing through the ranks of the church. In other words, this was the required amount of work and experience one would need to have to have to rise higher in the church as such as becoming a bishop from previously being a priest. In an example from the Gregory of Tours text, the current Bishop of Nantes was very ill and thought e was going to die.

He wanted his young nephew to replace him when he deceased. Soon after other bishops of the region consented for him to become his replacement, the nephew was sent to become ordained as the new bishop. He was then sent back home and told that the Christian canons was be betrayed if he has not passed through the ranks of the church the traditional way. He would first have to be found worthy of entering priesthood. Then he would have to do whatever the church asked him to do. Lastly, he would wait for his Uncle the bishop to decease.

As Christianity as still very much expanding in the sixth century, many people of the Jewish faith were converting to Christianity. Leaders of the church had many different tactics when came to converting people to Christianity. A popular way was to have a famous or powerful iconic person convert to Christianity. Soon so did the masses of people. The people that lived in the region of the western church were surrounded by the influence of icons such as statues, relics, and paintings. This was not so much the case in the Eastern Church as they were opposed to them.

Many Christians give back o the church. Some enjoy doing it through charity work and others do it by Just donating their money. Just like today, people in the sixth century had their ways of giving back to the church to please God. People would donate such things as even land and buildings. In the text of Gregory, a man named Chrodin was known as a man of great virtue and piety. Chrodin would lay out estates, plant vineyards, build houses and give them to bishops whose revenue was low. People did not always other formal leaders ordered large amounts of people to be baptized and become a Christian.

For example, in the Gregory text it says that King Chilperic ordered a great number of Jews to be baptized. It is also stated the Chilperic helped some people out of the baptismal pool. Not all of the previous Jews practiced there new Christian faith, many continued observe the Jewish Sabbath. The Western European Christians of the sixth century had many different beliefs, practices, and values. As the church still does today, it has its men go through a different series of ranks throughout the church and various processes to be ordained as a bishop from the position of a riest.

Sixth century Christians also had an important role in donating land, houses, slaves, and money to the church. The Christian leaders at the time would order large groups of people to be baptized and order to forcefully spread Christianity. Jews were most subjected to be baptized unwillingly by kings and other rulers. It is no surprise that Christianity has changed over the years, but the beliefs, values, and practices of Christians have changed greatly over the years and during the sixth century will always be in its own way, unique as shown in the Gregory of Tours text.

Judy Baca’s Art for Peace devry tutorcom essay help: devry tutorcom essay help

Making connections: Judy Baca’s Art for Peace. Change: According to Baca, “Adversity breeds a certain kind of strength” Do you agree? Give an example to support your opinion. Is it really true that what does not kill you makes you stronger? I do believe so. Maybe when people face a problem it does not makes too much sense in the near future, however it will do.

The story that Baca’s grandmother told her when she was a girl is an example of how sometimes people is not able to overcome problems, nevertheless this does not implies that this happens all the time. It is common to appreciate how people become pessimist and often depressive when adversity meet their lives. According to Seery (2011) “… some theory and empirical evidence suggest that the experience of facing difficulties can also promote benefits in the form of greater propensity for resilience when dealing with subsequent stressful situations. ” (p. 90) Mark Seery carried a study in which followed 2,398 subjects for a span of three years, he found that there is a balance of adverse life experiences: some adversity seems to make us stronger than those with a life of either no adverse life experiences or many serious struggles. The study concluded that those people who had experienced a lot of adversity had poorer outcomes, on average, than people who reported no history of adversity – they were more depressed and anxious, were less satisfied with their lives, and were more likely to have physical or emotional problems that interfered with their ability to work and socialize.

Every day, all the time we meet or we know stories of people who had to endure physical abuse, who was exposed to homelessness, or those who had faced natural disaster of physical limitations. A well-known story is the Nick VuJicic’s story. He was born and raised in Melbourne, Australia. He was born without limbs. By the age of eight he was already depressed and by the age often he decided to end his life by drowning himself in a bathtub.

After a couple attempts, he realized that he did not want to leave his loved ones with the burden and guilt that would result from his suicide. He had spoken on motivational topics after creating the company, attitude is altitude. He also launched a non-profit ministry, life without limbs, to spread his messages of faith and hope around the world. Finally, seems like Nietzche was right, what does not kill you makes you stronger. No matter what type of difficulties a erson could have face, always we have the chance of learning of them and breed strength.

Analyctial Tim O’Brien’s buy argumentative essay help: buy argumentative essay help

O’Brien is sure to exaggerate these emotions in the story and akes it apparent to the reader that the physical weight of the war is heavy, but the emotional and mental weight are both heavier. The soldiers in the story are overwhelmed with a feeling of guilt throughout the story. At the start of the novel, O’Brien introduces two characters : Lieutenant Jimmy Cross and Ted Lavender, who both contributed to Cross’ feeling of culpability during the novel. When Lavender died, he had Just “popped a tranquilizer” (11). Cross was too busy daydreaming about “Martha playing volleyball in her white gym shorts and yellow T-shirt” (22).

Cross’ mind wasn’t where it shouldVe been, Just as Lavender houldn’t have taken that tranquilizer and he knew that. After Lavender’s death, Cross wanted to make sure that what happened to him wouldn’t happen to anybody else. He became strict with everybody including himself, “No more fantasies, he told himself” (23). He couldn’t stand by and watch his soldiers die one by one because of his fantasizing and lack of leadership skills. To Cross, Lavenders was his fault he hated that feeling of guilt. He hated it almost as much as the thought of another dead soldier on his watch. Death was one weight he didn’t want to carry anymore.

He id not enjoy it and wanted to ensure that he never had to deal with the emotional weight of death again. He, like the other soldiers, was scared of death. The soldiers looked death in the eye multiple times; it took a huge toll on them. O’Brien rationalizes with the thought of death by writing, even though he carries the thought of Kiowa’s death constantly. ” I returned to the site of Kiowa’s death, and where I looked for signs of forgiveness or personal grace or whatever else the land might offer” (173). O’Brien implies that he still thinks about Kiowa’s death from time to time.

He looked for signs of clemency when he and his daughter visited the site of Kiowa’s death. He couldn’t help that the thought of Kiowa’s killing was all that was on his mind. It was a burden in itself. During his trip with Kathleen, his ten-year -old daughter, they had a conversation about the meaning behind the war. Kathleen asked him what he wanted from the war, and he simply replied “To stay alive” (175). Most of the soldiers all had the same goal from the war, to stay alive. Nobody wants to die, especially in a place you’re in because you’re too prideful to run away and say “l don’t want to go to the war and die.

Pride is another frequently declared burden in the novel. Several of the men in the novel experience the mental weight of having pride issues. When Mark Fossie’s as. ” He tried hard to keep up a self-assured pose, as if nothing had ever come between them, or ever could, but there was a fragility to it, something tentative and false” (99). He didn’t want to look like a love-struck punk in front of his fellow platoon members. He also didn’t want to let himself believe that he was as in love as he was. He wanted to convince himself that he was still strong, even though one of his fellow oldiers saw him collapse (95).

He didn’t want to embarrass himself. Curt Lemon went through a similar situation. When the unit of soldiers were on Rocket Pocket in China, a dentist team came to quickly examine the men’s mouths. Lemon was scared of the dentist; “he’d had a couple of bad experiences with dentists” (O’Brien 83). As soon as he got ear of the dentistry team coming to look at the soldiers he began to get nervous. He tried to hide his embarrassment. Most of the men in the platoon were too proud to even show the simplest form of emotion. The platoon, usually otice or even call each other out easily about emotions.

Even when Lemon fainted in the dentist’s tent, he still was too prideful to leave the dentist alone. Lemon was so worried about his reputation that he wouldn’t even associate with the rest of the unit when he first woke up from his blackout. “He wouldn’t talk to anyone. For the rest of the day he stayed off by himself, sitting alone under a tree, Just staring down at the field tent” (84). He felt the need to show the other men he wasn’t scared. He wound up getting a tooth pulled, even though the dentist said that he couldn’t find anything rong with it (84).

O’Brien stated that “The embarrassment mustVe turned a screw in his head” (84). It could be argued that it wasn’t only the embarrassment that turned a screw but also Lemon’s pride. Pride is a very heavy burden to bear. When you are a soldier, everybody looks at you to be perfect, to be any other way is unacceptable. Soldiers are placed on a pedestal, and all eyes are on them. They have to do what they believe is an acceptable thing to do. It’s never about what they truly want. It’s about making everyone else happy; they know that the people back home would never understand any of this, not in a billion years” (108).

They do things in order to please people who would never understand and most likely never even know about their actions in the war. The soldiers Just have to do what they think people would expect; they never settle for anything less. The thought of letting someone down was not reasonable. The soldiers lost touch with themselves because they felt as if they had no other option. They couldn’t mentally handle the amount of pressure put on them to act a certain way. TheyVe lost touch with themselves essentially, always ocusing on others needs instead of their own.

Norman Bowker is a great example of this. He went into the war with nothing but a diary and some simple documents. When he left the war, he left with great feelings of regret and nothingness. He felt as if he had no purpose . In a sense, the war had in fact killed him. It killed him from the inside to eventually the outside. O’ Brien described a letter Bowker sent him after the war as “disjointed” (149). In that specific letter, Bowker explained “the problem of finding a meaningful use for his life after the war” (149). Eight months ater, Bowker gave up his internal fight for life.

O’Brien then received a letter from Bowker’s mother stating that Bowker had hung himself. Death is a horrible experience no matter whether someone is killed during action, committed suicide, or even had a terminal illness that caused death. Death touched every character in the comment that mfou come over clean and you get dirty and then afterward it’s never the same” (109). The men were emotionally damaged after the war. Even afterwards the men in this book were constantly worried about death; Not only for themselves ut for their loved ones and their fellow soldiers.

Death hits close to home, it could change someone tremendously. It changed the soldiers forever. Although it wasn’t the only thing to affect the soldiers, it was one of the strongest things to have a toll on them. Love and death are two totally different feelings, but the both of them can affect a soldier’s lives and be a huge burden upon them. O’Brien makes a clear point of how love affects a soldier mentally. Love is a strong factor in most of this soldier’s lives. Love is a burden to O’Brien and all of his soldiers in one way or another.

Certain actions that happened did because of a soldiers love for someone. O’Brien couldn’t help but include his love for his childhood girlfriend in his book. He admits “l keep dreaming Linda alive” (213). He couldn’t help to but think of the people who died in his life as alive. He also admitted to being in love with her (213). O’Brien wasn’t the only one head over heels in love. In the beginning of the book, O’Brien introduced Martha to his readers. Martha was Lieutenant Jimmy Cross’ love. She was the girl who fogged his vision; she was all he could think about during he war which had a negative effect on him.

O’Brien’s readers are also introduced to Mary Anne Bell, Mark Fossie’s girlfriend, a Cleveland native who is becoming a burden to not only Fossie but a plethora of his other fellow soldiers. Mark Fossie loved her (92). Fossie couldn’t help but to feel romantic and loving when she was around; even with the war going on. Fossie proposed to Bell and they were engaged in Vietnam. Soon after, Bell left Fossie and disappeared; she was in love with the war more than him. He was in complete and total shock; he was disconnected from the war for a long time.

With Fossie being in a close platoon, all the platoon members had to witness Fossie’s constant distress surrounding Mary Anne Bell. The thought of not having Bell with him made him a huge burden on the platoon as a whole. The platoon literally had too much on their hands, and to deal with anymore burdens than the mental ones placed upon them would push some over the edge. The physical burden on the soldiers was heavy as well. Although , each soldier carried the necessities which usually weighed around 150 pounds, the actual amount of each item and extras were dependent on the soldier.

The soldiers carried what they felt was necessary, based off of their own emotions and what they felt was needed in the war. Everything about the war could be classified as a circle. Every little thing affects something else. With the soldiers being like a family if one was going through something all of them were. The soldiers were emotionally damaged and carrying objects didn’t help their emotional burdens. “To carry something was to hump it, as when Lieutenant Jimmy Cross humped his love for Martha up the hills and through the swamps” ( 3). O’Brien explained early in the novel the physical weights the oldiers each carried.

How to become a Pilot custom essay help: custom essay help

Attention Getter: Imagine if you would with me, soaring over Mt. St. Helen’s, seeing remnants of the lava flow from the air. Imagine circling (slide) Mt. Lassen, or gliding out over the Pacific Ocean. Imagine being able to get into your small plane and being at Disneyland in 3. 5 hours? Each of these experiences can be possible by getting your private pilots license. People have dreamed of flying for many years, but it wasn’t possible until the Wright brothers brought that dream to reality at Kitty Hawk in 1903.

Since then, airplanes have become a popular mode of travel. slide) I recently got my private pilots license and today I would like to share with you, (slide) first, what you need to get started, then what you need to do to meet the requirements, and finally what you can do once you’ve obtained your license. So Let’s Get started: 1. What you need to get started A. Money is a consideration you need to make 1 . How much will it cost? 2. According to the flight school, TNG Aviation, A minimum investment for private pilot license is $4,700. This number can very greatly.

The actual cost of your lessons depends on two factors, 1 . who you know, and 2. how fast you learn. 2. There are various ways to pay for a pilots license. There are two areas that you will need to finance – the instructor and the airplane. a. If you have the money, there are two-week condensed course options, but you will pay more for this. b. or you can spread your lessons and payments out over time, for example taking one lesson per week, and simply paying as you go. c. One option for financing the use of an airplane would be to barter.

If you have a useful skill, such as painting, you might be able to trade your skill for the use of an airplane. Transition: – now that you’ve fgured out how to pay for your lessons, let’s et started with the instruction. B. Finding an instructor is another consideration. 1. A good place to start is by visiting your local airport Many of these smaller airports have flight schools on site. If not, they can recommend one that is nearby. Also, Spend some time with other pilots and ask them about instructors. 2.

There are many independent instructors who are more than happy to teach you to fly. Make sure your instructor is licensed along with being a good “fit” for you. Ask them about their aviation background and confirm that they’re someone you’ll be comfortable with. After all, you’ll be spending many hours together in some tight places. b. Selecting an airplane produced light aircraft in history. It has an excellent history and one of the best safety records. It is perfect for Private Pilot and Instrument Pilot training. Transition: Once these are selected, you are ready to learn to fly. 2. There are certain basic requirements needed before obtaining a PPL A. Basic Requirements The FAA has many requirements you must meet when seeking a pilot certificate. 1. You’ll need to be at least 17 yrs old. There’s no age limit for you to fly, as long as you qualify medically. 2. You must be in great health, and pass a medical exam. 3. Finally, you must have an adequate grasp of the English language. English is considered the international language used by all airports and control towers across the globe.

B. Practical Requirements First of all, you need to be proficient with your flying skills and your aeronautical knowledge to pass the flight and written tests. 1. According to the F. A. A. , “You must have a minimum of 40 flight hours before you can obtain your license, 20 of which must be with an instructor. In this part of your training you will be learning how to keep the airplane straight and level, how to urn and bank the airplane, pitch the nose up and down, and how to climb and descend You will need good rudder skills and know how to take off and land your airplane safely. 2. Your aeronautical skills will be taught in ground school. You will accumulate aeronautical knowledge in aerodynamics, aircraft systems, weather to avoid, FAA regulations, principles of navigation, stall and spin awareness, and aeromedical factors Just to name a few. The FAA requires that you pass a knowledge test with a grade of 70% or better. Transition: Once you have met all of the above requirements, ou are ready to see what the possibilities are for a private pilot. 3. A private pilot’s license enables you to do many things: A.

Having your pilot’s license enables you to have a sense of freedom; freedom in an airplane is unparalleled by Just walking out to your airplane, climbing inside and heading off in practically any direction you desire. 1. It gets you there a lot faster: You can be your own personal airline, and because you don’t have to take time driving to the airport and going through security and waiting at the gate, you can get to your destination in many cases a lot sooner then a ommercial airplane. 2. you have more time to spend at your destination. When you fly yourself you’re not tied to a schedule.

You can arrive and depart when it’s convenient for you. B. It can leave you with an experience of Joy and pleasure: 1 . Imagine flying someone special to another airport for dinner, or fly to the coast for a daycation, or visit family more often. If my speech has you wanting to look into getting your license, Just remember, there are things you need to get started–you you need to enjoy the many things you can do once you have obtained your license. Just as the Wright Brothers brought their dream of flying to a reality, I have been able to do the same, and I am so glad I did!

The boy in the striped pyjamas essay help services: essay help services

Jamas is a story that takes us on an adventure back in time during the Holocaust about the friendship of two 9 year old boys; a German and a Jew. This story definitely left a place in my heart, and I truly loved the story because it gave me a chance to understand the feelings of both worlds, and it helped me understand the two VERY different lifestyles. After reading the novel and watching the movie, I personally liked both.

Overall, the book was much better because of the etail that gave me a connection with the characters, the use of flashbacks, and the book had a bigger emotional impact on me. There are a handful of reasons why I think the novel is better. One of the main reasons is because the novel was described in full detail and was very well written. This gave me a very strong connection with the characters. The novel shared information that the movie didn’t.

In the novel, it told us about the grandmother’s feelings towards the Holocaust which proved that not all the German’s agreed with he madness. The Grandmother represented the other Germans that felt the same as she did but were too afraid to speak. The novel also tells me that the father is a man of many layers. In the novel, the author said what Father did for Maria. Such as pay her mother’s medical bills when she was sick, took her in, and gave her a Job when her mother passed away. The father isn’t as cold-hearted as he seems.

In the movie, Shmuel isn’t asThis story shared feelings and true identity from all angles. In the novel, the author used many flashbacks to help us understand the current situations and it helps us know the characters better. In the movie, they didn’t incorporate flashbacks so the storyline was much harder to understand than the novel. The author used a flashback to show the disagreements between German’s, like when the father offended the grandmother because it showed how politics can destroy families and how not every German gladly follows the Fury.

Another flashback escribes a Christmas play that Bruno’s grandmother had Bruno and Gretel perform. Bruno thinks of the play because he is missing his grandmother and grandfather. His memory tells how unhappy he is, and how thinking back to happier times does not comfort him because he remembers when things started going downhill. Last but not least, the novel had a bigger emotional impact on me than what the movie did. Though both are quite sad, the book really broke my heart. The boy in the striped pyjamas By cstead6

Malinowski’s ideas get essay help: get essay help

Malinowski was born in Poland on Apri17, 1884. His father,a professor of Slavic philology at Jagellonian University. His mother was from culturel landowning family. Malinowski who is Polish-British antropologist,educated in Kracow,Leipzig and at the London School of Economics. From 1924 he was assistant professor in the University of London. He became a professor in 1927. He taught at Yale University from 1939 until his death.. The most important-and four-year-long investigation, made on the natives of New Guinea Islands.

After the end of the war, the history of nthropology,which is probably the most revolutionary work wrote Argonauts of Wetern Pasific. And it was during this period that he began his signature work among the Trobriand Islanders,studying kinship,trade,the practical purposes of ritual and religion,as well as the intersection between cultural ideas and actual daily behaviours. (wrww. nndb. com) Malinowski helped develop the field of anthropology from a primarily evolutionary focus into sociological and psychological fields of enquiry.

Malinowski’s ideas and methodologies came to be widely embraced by the Boasian influenced school of American Anthropology,making him ne of the most influential anthropologist of the 20th century. Malinowski is the pionneer of anthropologist in living primitive tribes. Due to he want to do healthy observations for own researches,he saw necessary in this situation. Malinowski stayed four years in Trobriands Islands and he observed local people’s traditions and lifes. Malionawski has complied very interesting information about family structure,social and sexual relationship in there.

After returned to London, From 1910 worked as a research assistant at London School of Economics near the G. G Salisman and he gained theoretical knowledge from his trainer. When war began ,he participated British association’s meeting in Australia. He made investigation among indigenous people who live pre-civilization conditions. After return to London, he considered the lives of other tribes’ and he gave two work attempts to synthesize. one of them related primitive psychology myth”. Published in 1926,Malinowski defended the these opinion beliefs, fairy tales, myths affect human psychology and social formations. Even Malinowski accordance religious historian Fraser’s teachings, claimed that give rise to the magic technique. Malinowski ublished in 1927, ‘in wild societies sexuality and repression”. He solutions to the social relations that Trobriand natives in this examination. Malinowski have tried to create a theory of the relationship between society and culture. He sought to understand the islanders’ ways of life in functional terms of how they created and maintained their society. (wmwcsiss. org) Malinowski’s findings is to give an idea of living on the social stage.

Trobriand islands the prevailing social order “matriarchal” called and lineage, inheritance relations, kinship relations corresponds to a stage is determined by the constitution. Examination of wild populations remained far behind the historical development of mankind,this is a phenomenon which providing main lineage. Everything is transferred to the main lineage. All marriages should be cross-cousins and in the tribes. Women live with children separate house with men. (www. civilisation. org) Because of this in light of this research Malinowski critized Freud’s “Oedipus complex” theory.

Malinowski argues that families all over the world don’t have oedipus complex. His studies of the Trobriand Islanders have often been cited as a challenge to Freud’s conviction that the Oedipus complex is a universal henomenon. (www. newworldencyclopedia. org) Malinowski, tried to create a theory of the relationship between society and culture according to the natives’ way of life and laid the foundations of social anthropology. Althoght Malinowski human is animal although culturalism and sociality.

Malinowski a table organized as follows to prove the similarity between human and animal. Basic requirements: food, nutrition, sleep, shelter, agreement, sexuality and confidence. Social institutions: farming, agriculture, bed, home, language, marriage and religion. Basic requirements shown in this table re the same for human and animal. But created social institutions are very different to provide these. Human physiological requirements is provided by various cultural institutions. Malinowski was one of two organizer,along with A. R. Radcliffe-Brown,of functionalism.

Radcliffe-Brownian functionalism focused on society,social system,functional integration,and synchronic study as opposed to the diachronism of the evolutionist and the American historicists. His theory held that acts,traditions,values,and other events in culture. This theory had a purpose for the continuation of the social system. Malinowski,focused on functional integration and synchronous study,but he put more emphasis on the indivudual and on biological needs. At first, functionalism as a theoretical approach developed in the 1950s, and started to be addressed by the proponents to be seen as a method of sociological. n the fact functionalism is theoretical approach which first appearance in sociology. The pioneers of this theory Comte, Spencer and Durkheim. The two versions of functionalism were influenced from French sociologist Emile Durkheim. Malinowski was exposed to the work of Durkheim early in his career. Malinowski agreed with Radcliffe-Brown about the functional integrity of cultural units which he called institutions. (www. stosowana. files. wordpress. com) The purpose of institutions is to meet the seven basic human needs ;metabolism, reproduction,bodily comfort,safety,movement,growth,and health.

Is Health Care a right my assignment essay help london: my assignment essay help london

Our country spends money on so many things that seem ecessary to make the United States the best but how are these services really helping us if there are so many people who are unhealthy and not able to use these services or even use them up to their full potential? When people are denied health care and are unable to get better when they are sick, we are denying them the right to life. If we made health care a right in the United States our country would be a much better place with healthier individuals doing better than they ever could.

Everyone has the right to live in a healthy state of mind and body which is exactly hat health care is for. If our government had a bigger say in our health care system that allowed everyone coverage, all individuals would be able to go to the doctor and get help before whatever their condition was got even more serious. “More than 18,000 Americans die every year from preventable illnesses because they do not get to the doctor when they should” (Sanders), this is something that should and could be completely avoided. Being able to go to the doctor to fix minor illnesses could change many people’s lives.

It could prevent them from having to go to the hospital which isk. Preventative care could be used much more than it is now here in America and would help our country a lot. If our government had more say in our health care system that allowed everyone coverage, it would probably mean that people that made higher amounts of money would be paying more than what a lower income family would. This money would probably come out of our taxes but with a reasonable set amount for procedures, medicines, and all other costs, we would not have to pay as much as we do now.

This could decrease the amounts of all bills for Americans and would not make the prices as bad as they are now. Another negative thing that could come out of this change is longer waits for surgeries and doctors appointments. Yes, waiting isn’t fun but it is much better than having someone die because they couldn’t get insured before. This could be controlled with the use of other doctors who weren’t being used as much due to price control but could be fixed with set costs. As a whole for individuals, a government organized healthcare system would benefit more than not.

Our society as a whole would be much more roductive, in a much healthier state, and would be doing much better work. In 2009, “46 million people [had] no health insurance”(Sanders), if we could change this number to zero, imagine how much greater the people in our country could be. With healthier, more productive people, our country would flourish more than ever and could end up helping us change in ways we never thought before. The people in our society who would not be as excited to make health care a right for everyone would be all the people who work in health care due to differences in pay.

With set costs hospitals, specialized doctors and pharmacies would not be able to make as much profit as they did before. I believe that it would be a good switch for our country to be a much healthier and productive place even if our doctors made a little bit less. We could still set prices to where people in the health profession could make profit but not such a huge profit that it isn’t affordable for the people. Having our government help manage our health care system could help our economy in many different ways. “At $2. rillion dollars, and 18 percent of our GDP, the skyrocketing cost of health care in this country is unsustainable both from a personal and macro-economic perspective”(Sanders), with our current health care prices, our country cannot afford to keep up like this. With the government setting prices on medicines, procedures, doctors visits, and all other medical costs to a standard set amount that isn’t as expensive, people wouldn’t go bankrupt and our government wouldn’t have to spend as much money as they do now on health care.

Hospitals and many people who work ith insurance companies would not be profiting as much as now but people would be living longer with healthcare as a right to all. Stakeholders would be in a much better position when investing their money into hospitals because services would be used much more at more reasonable prices. Clinics and hospitals would not fail because people could now go see the doctor when they are sick instead of waiting until they are almost dying and trying to get help. The stakeholders that profit large amounts would not profit as much as they did without set prices.

Set prices would ontrol their profit they make and the profit would be a lower for everyone. Chernichovsky (2010) argues “To what extent do researchers have an ethical responsibility to provide health care”(p. 200) to people who don’t really care about over weight people, but that shouldn’t deny them the right to a second chance. And for all the people who do try hard to stay healthy but cannot afford coverage, how would it be fair for them to get denied health care? Receiving health care is something that everyone deserves but many are denied in our country.

Ocean pollution essay help us: essay help us

Ocean pollution Hannah Waddell Ocean pollution is a growing problem and affects people as well. It is a growing problem that needs to be stopped and controlled immediately. Taking care of our water will be beneficial for our long-term survival. If we put off this problem any longer, the prices will only escalade even higher. We need water to survive and the ocean is one of the greatest water suppliers. The actions we take or do not take will affect the future in either a negative or a positive way.

Something must be done about it and we are going to need help from every country if we want to make an impact. The idea that the ocean is indestructible and excessively big to be effected by humans is now gone. ThinkQuest wrote a very informative article about pollution and one of their main points was, “if people know more about pollution in the ocean, then they will know more about how to stop pollution. ” They are completely right; not very many people realize how much their daily lives can affect lives.

We need to make the world more educated about how they can make a change. This article also talks about the many forms of pollution that many people do not realize. Such as, garbage dumping, wastewater, boat pollution, agriculture, land clearing, and most importantly, people. They also made a strong statement saying, “We must stop these problems because if we don’t, we will hurt and maybe even kill our sea life. ” Our fish and sea creatures are suffering the most from our actions and the sad thing is, is that hey can do nothing to stop it.

Contaminating the oceans will damage every living thing whether we like it or not. One of the biggest contenders is oil contamination. Oil can kill wildlife and contribute to economic losses and climate change. A study recently done on oil pollution by Oceana says that an oil spill “could be impossible to clean up. ” Oil spills are transported occasionally and are very prone to accidents, which can be catastrophic and harmful. There was an oil spill recently in the Gulf of

Mexico which “[released] 200 million gallons of dangerous and damaging oil into the marine environment. ” This catastrophe still has not stopped harming our oceans. Of course, nothing is done on purpose and never planned but we need to do everything in our power to prevent this problem from happening. There is one constant argument that is commonly heard is that ocean pollution is necessary for industry, and more industry means more Jobs, which means a better economy. I understand this argument but also their will always be alternative ways to roduce things we need.

There is natural energy that we can use that does not affect the ecosystem the way ocean pollution does. Do people not realize the every living organism needs water to survive and that most of the earth is water? I do not understand why we are not more careful about what we put in it then. The ocean serves as a source of energy, raw materials and most of all food like fish and seaweed. Taking action would be greatly advised in this situation if you want the future of our world to be flourishing. ocean pollution By hannahw195

The Ghost of Tom Joad Video Response essay help fairfax: essay help fairfax

The Ghost of Tom Joad Video Response The beauty of the written word is that everyone can experience and interpret it in a different way with some help from writer and their purpose behind the piece. The beauty of songs is that people are free to express those individual interpretations in ways that allow them to use their voices and instruments. The beauty of video is that the makers can put these two things together and then add images and audio-texts to enhance the meaning of the song for viewers. The song “The Ghost of Tom Joad” has brought about multiple YouTube videos for this exact reason.

In the video The Ghost of Toam Joad by Harveywetdog, the use of imagery definitely gave me a better sense of what this song is referencing. Nearly all of the pictures that slide across the screen were taken around the time of the Depression. Since that is the time period in which the character Tom Joad was living, this allowed me to understand the song and the lyrics in a more complete way. All the pictures of families and children requently on the road and having nowhere to go really spoke to me about the world we live in today.

It is a bit easier to feel for these people and the cause the song represents when you have a face to stick to it. It somehow makes their struggles seem more real. Harveywetdog gave me numerous faces to connect with and this only evoked more emotion in me because it causes me to really think about all of the people out there who simply want to live their lives, but are being held back due to the limits circumstance and money and society put on them. Pictures from the film

The Grapes of Wrath that show Tom Joad with a quote printed on the screen also show up throughout the pictures whenever the singers say something about waiting on the ghost of Tom Joad, and they made it seem like he was there at the campfire light and was urging them to go on. I also found it very effective that Harveywetdog used actual clips of sound from the movie when Tom Joad is explaining to Ma that he’ll be there in every action involving his fellow man being beat down by injustice and in every time someone rises up to overcome the limits force upon them.

Truman Show “essay help” site:edu: “essay help” site:edu

On the boat, there is an eagle on the front of the boat, symbolizing his vision to be free out of the world he is living in as he believes everything is fake. Moreover, Truman uses sense perception to find the truth. This helps him as he is very observant. For example, when he is waiting for Meryl, his wife, in the car, he notices that the same lady on the bike, man with flowers and dented Volkswagen Beatle passed by him on multiple occasion. This make him doubt about whether his being watched.

Furthermore, while going through his marriage photos, e notices Meryl’s fingers are crossed in the wedding picture. This means his wife does not consider the marriage real. Also, when he asks to her about it, his wife’s gets nervous and shouts some third person’s name for help. This strengthens his thought that he is being watched. Also, Truman also finds some evidence to support his thoughts. For example, when he goes into the elevator, he sees a set behind the rear doors. In addition, when he tries to leave Seaheaven, he has been stopped in every possible way.

For example, he does not get a flight ticket when he tries to go to Fiji and when he tries to escape with his car; he has been blocked every time. When he combines this with the fact that Meryl does not consider the marriage real and she asks third person’s help in an empty room; strengthens his idea of everything being scripted, and everyone is acting. The last “pathway to knowledge” Truman uses is logic. Logic is often accompanied with sense perception. For example, Truman recognizes that the daily routine by others is repeated the same way every day.

He ealizes that perhaps the cameras are hidden in the people around him. At last, his logic and sense perception helps him fgure out where the cameras are. Also, when he tries to escape, he realizes all the ways for him to leave are blocked and he is stuck on Seaheaven. Moreover, his logic along with evidence helps him fgure out that everyone around him is acting including his friends and it is an artificial setting. Logic accompanied with one of the other “pathways to knowledge” strengthens Truman’s doubt because logic itself it not enough support to prove an argument.

In conclusion, the four “pathways to knowledge” evident in The Truman Show are instinct, sense perception, evidence and logic. The most important “pathway to knowledge” for Truman to find out the truth is Instinct. It is because if he did not have a feeling about him being watched over by other then he would have not even investigated in the first place. Also, he escapes the world because of his vision to be free and his wits. Therefore, if he did not have instinct about that, he would not have found the truth. Truman Show By ashurana1997

Armenian Genocide buy argumentative essay help: buy argumentative essay help

Armenian Genocide Throughout history, instances of religious groups turning to violence or being victimized for their religion have unfortunately occurred. The most prominent instance of this that immediately comes to mind for most is the Holocaust, where millions of Jews were killed by the Germans, led by Adolf Hitler (K©vorkian 8). Many have not been educated to the fact that there have been many other significant genocides within the last one hundred years based on religious violence, one being the Armenian Genocide (United 3). Although not so nearly well known as the

Holocaust, this genocide was every bit as horrible. Looking in depth at the Armenian Genocide of 191 5, one will see the gruesome and atrocious actions of the Ottoman Empire toward the Armenian people and may questions many of these movements. Although there may not be answers to why people would act so unethically, the Armenian Genocide is a superb example of religious groups using violence to gain power. The Armenian Genocide is not well known due to the fact that many nations deny its occurrence, despite the overwhelming physical evidence and stories told by survivors.

The United States, however, recognizes that the Armenian Genocide happened and states that “[a]t least 1,000,000, and possibly well over half of the Armenian population, are reliably estimated to have been killed or death marched by independent authorities” (United 3). The negative feelings that Muslims of the Ottoman Empire had toward the Christian Armenians that led to this enormous number of deaths developed over many centuries. Originally, the Armenians were an individual entity, claiming their nation in Eurasia as the first in the world to make Christianity its official religion in the fourth century AD.

During the fifteen century though, they were absorbed by the Ottoman Empire. At the beginning this did not pose a serious problem, with the Armenians being a minority and being underprivileged in the Muslim society (Winter 68). Christians had to pay higher taxes than Muslims, for example, and they had very few political and legal rights. Despite being viewed as “infidels” and being treated unequally, the Armenians managed to thrive in society (“Armenian” par 7). The successes in life gained by the Armenians made the Muslims of the Ottoman Empire uneasy.

The Armenians tended to be more educated and wealthier, which led others to begin to resent their success. As the Ottoman Empire began to crumble throughout the nineteenth century, suspicions that the Armenians would be more loyal to Christian governments than that of the Ottoman caliphate increased. Once the Turkish people entered World War I in 1914, military leaders argued over Armenian loyalty; once the Armenians organized volunteer battalions to help the Russian army fght against the Turks in the Caucasus region, the want for the “removal” of Armenians in the area increased (Winter 91-2).

In the case of the Armenian Genocide, as with many other acts of religious violence, feelings of hatred are developed over many years. Many may simply ask, why lash out with violence? The ‘slams may have decided to act on their suspicions out of fear and anxiety that The first day of the Armenian Genocide was April 24, 191 5 (United 3). This was the start of many gruesome, horrific events that resulted in hundreds of thousands of deaths. The initial act that began the genocide was the arrest and soon after killing of several hundred Armenians.

From there, the genocide took off with many Armenian eaders being imprisoned and tortured to death, while the Armenian soldiers were either massacred after being disarmed or worked to the point of exhaustion and death. The most predominant form of death that occurred was the Armenians being marched to their death in the Mesopotamian and Syrian deserts (K©vorkian 17). They were removed from their homes and often times separated from their family, were stripped naked, given no food or water, and had to walk in the scorching sun through the desert with no destination.

They walked until they dropped dead and if they topped to catch their breath or rest, they were subsequently shot and killed by the Turkish government (“Armenian” par 3). There are survivors who have witnessed many of these horrendous actions and who have seen people in their weakest, most helpless moments. One male survivor who Just barely cheated death describes his experience: “l had a child on my back, had on women’s clothes, my face was covered with mucus, and I was limping. Lice would not leave us alone.

They would get in our eyes, nose, mouth. I had gotten so weak that I couldn’t stand up. I was reduced to bones by this time, half dead” (Miller 82). Surprising as it may seem, people did experience intense torture and were victims of religious violence simply for being a Christian. It is shocking that the ‘slams who acted so unethically and murdered so many people can think that their actions were acceptable and Just in the eyes of their God. How can people commit such ruthless acts based simply off of one’s religious beliefs?

This question is still being asked around the world today in other religious violence cases such as Darfur in Sudan. The differing stories among survivors about the rides in the caravan to the desert how how the religious abuse changed from case to case. Miller explains that “the experience of caravan members seems to have depended greatly on the attitude of gendarmes who were escorting them” (78). He explains that some people were slaughtered during those rides while others remained untouched (Miller 79).

This is a prime example of how the violence was not only a general movement of the Muslims, but how it may have varied between different scenarios. It may be possible that some involved in the killing of the Armenians were not completely evil, but felt pressured by those in command. Some people may have acted inappropriately due to fear that if they stood up for themselves and their beliefs, they may be heartlessly slaughtered Just like the Armenians.

Cases of religious violence are often largely due to opinionated and forceful people who may convince others to act unjustly by brainwashing them or scaring them. Although there is not one specified leader who caused the Armenian genocide, this is still seen in other instances such as Adolf Hitler and his influence on the Holocaust. Another significant factor of the Armenian Genocide was that of the “Special Organization” created by the Muslims whose goal was “the liquidation of the Christian elements” (K©vorkian 106).

The Turkish hillside became full of Armenian of cliffs, drowned them in rivers, crucified them, and even buried them alive. Women who were not killed in the desert or by this process of “turkification” were raped and forced into slavery. With children, the Special Organization believed that there was still potential for fixation. They kidnaped children, forced them to convert to Muslim religion, and gave them away to Turkish families, who raised them as Islam K©vorkian 110-2).

Blood Doping mba essay help: mba essay help

Blood Doping Although “doping” is the illegal use of drugs by athletes to enhance performance as well as training or participating in a sporting event, most athletes are also relatively unlikely to ever undergo testing. The first drug to be used was heroin and morphine. Heron was mainly found in horse racing circles, while morphine was the thing to do which was so-called endurance in sports. Using drugs to cheat in sports is not new but is becoming more effective. Even if performance-enhancing drugs were to be legalized in a competitive sport, there would most likely be a specific portion of oping activity that would remain prohibited.

The world of sport has become more complicated, particularly in respect to doping. In the Article “How sports would be better with doping,” by Ian Steadman analyzes how the battle to control drug use never, ever seems to end. Doping is, after all, considered the ultimate sin of professional athletes. While on the article “Professional Sport Leagues should Adopt Olympics-styles Anti- Doping Policies” by Dick Pound claims that steroid use is a problem that affects a number of sports at professional and amateur level.

In Austin Texas an Associated Press makes an article about “Lance Armstrong must give answers” and report how a Judge is pushing Armstrong close to his first sworn testimony Oh his performance enhancing drug use, in lawsuit to recover $3 million in bonuses paid Armstrong from 1999-2001. And although these two articles both support their arguments quite well, they also both miss information to make their arguments more clearer. Steadman in his article argues that the seven-time winner Lance Armstrong has been stripped of his famous victories, which he claims he used erformance-enhancing drugs.

Why shouldn’t he be punished? After all doping is considered the ultimate sin of professional athletes. To support this the author tells us as training, coaching, nutrient and equipment has been perfected, the best times of the best athletes have been increasing at a slower and slower rate (Steadman 5)? Steadman key opposing viewpoints and inferences are well supported by his facts. And Pound argues that sport leagues must do more testing programs, when athletes get caught using steroid and how the rest of his coaches, doctors and other staff Just et educated about the risk of steroid use.

He argues that professional sports programs should stop making excuses why they can’t make stricter polices against steroid use. The article “Lance Armstrong must give answers” by The Associated Press asking questions about who paid for the drugs and what amount of doses he used. This article is similar to Steadman article about Lance Armstrong getting his metals stripped. Lance told Oprah Winfrey that he doped during the Tour de France seven times, which those titles have been stripped away already because of that.

The press explains how Armstrong refused to provide sworn testimony to the doping agency, which that was his only chance to lift his lifetime ban from sport. The Press is good at asking questions but it does not provide facts about what Armstrong claims about his fraud and false advertising. Also The Press state that Armstrong settled with a British Newspaper, The Sunday Times, and explain that they sued him to recover damages from previous libel case. The Press fails to explain how much will he get sued for. explain their inferences.

Steroids augment the effects of training according to Ian Steadman, that steroids are more in effective training, which have been achieved in other ways. He use an example that caffeine is a performance enhancer, which was banned but is now allowed. However Steadman argues that athletes who take performance enhancing drugs are relying on something he doesn’t actually have to improve performance, weather that drug is naturally occurring or designed by scientist. He explains why doping should only be banned when it is significantly, armful relative to the inherent risks of sport, or against the sprits of a particular sport.

Pounds illustrates that athletes should respect the rules of sports, respect your opponents, you respect yourself. He backs that up on by saying he don’t want his grandchildren to have to become chemical stockpiles in order to be good at a sport. All it takes is some special motivation and dedication if you really want to be in the pros. “People do well at sport as a result of the genetic lottery that happen to deal then a winning hand”(Steadman5). Yet despite the health risks, they have yet to enforce drugs being used in sports.

Back in the days “dope” was something that people drank to help you work hard. Now days it hardly raises an eyebrow now when some famous athlete fails a dope test. Ian Steadman finds that if there were a legalization of performance enhancing drugs in completive sports, the athletes would definitely take more risks, although give the limits and medical supervision, the risks would be considered acceptable. The battle to control drug use never ever seems to end. Steadman asks the audience why don’t we accept doping it will always happen and legalize it? How reliable are these claims?

Well he supports this as the most recent study found that 9. 49 seconds was predicted fastest time on a 100m time all that’s to thanks to the use of steroids. But the author seems to fail on where he got this information or a citation. On the other hand Pounds explains why pro athletes are out there every day and making big money, and implies that they should apply the same standard for every athlete right across the board. Meaning that doesn’t atter what kind of athlete you are or may never be heard of if you are an athlete, he states everyone should be drug tested the same.

In addition, Steadman points out that current problems will become less apparent because the athletes of the future will be enhanced before they even begin training for an event. As a result these sports like the MLB players aren’t that serious with all the money they make these athletes don’t seem to care as if they get caught, some of the penalties they give the athletes in the MLB are “chump change” states Pounds. Since, the more these players et caught these athletes get either suspended for fifteen days without pay or fined up to $10,000 and it keeps on doubling up every time they get tested and test positive.

Some considers Dick a candid crusader, but Dick knows what he is talking about as he participated as both an athlete and an administrator in sports his entire adult life. In conclusion, Ian Steadman and Dick Pounds were able to provide a good thought out articles. These two articles contained many examples and ideas, they both kept there article strictly on why they want steroids available for athletes and hy steroids should be not aloud on any sport and provided many examples and details without mentioning their sources.

The associated press is article relates to both Steadman and Pounds articles, one side is that how the doping agency supports his lifetime from sports. The other side relates to Steadman article on how Lance’s titles been striped away for doping and the amounts he used. In the end, when these articles are compared to one another neither of the articles were compelling to their viewpoints on whether doping should be banned or not.

How can Greggs improve the validity essay help writer: essay help writer

How can Greggs improve the validity of the information gathered from Market Research In order to answer this task, I will suggest methods of how Greggs can improve the validity of the information gathered from primary and secondary research. First I will briefly explain the different types of information that Greggs could gather for market research. Primary Research Primary data is when you collect and gather the data first hand in the form of a questionnaire, survey, telephone or interview. This data is specific to the company and did not exist beforehand. Sometimes referred to as field research.

Advantages; Specific to the needs of the company Collected for a purpose, Applicable It is up to date and reliable Disadvantages; Expensive to gather Time consuming to gather and process Not immediately available/accessible Secondary Research With secondary data, it has already been collected by someone else and is available to your company through books, internet, statistics, accounts or independent forecasting groups. Sometimes referred to as desk research. Advantages; Inexpensive Easily accessible Can be used to predict financial problems Quickly becomes out-dated

Not specific or applicable Unreliable Choosing the type of research So which type of data is better for Greggs; Primary or Secondary? In order to make an informed decision, they would need a mix of these types to get good valid research. However there are advantages and disadvantages to both methods. Primary data is good because; it is specific to the needs of Greggs so it can be used for a purpose or used to answer a specific question and it is up to date. Also, this data was collected by Greggs and for Greggs alone.

This would give them a competitive edge over other rganisations because they do not have access to the same information. Primary information can be expensive to gather and it is not easily accessible once gathered. It needs to be processed so it can be used for decision making, and this can take a relatively long time. Secondary data is a lot cheaper to gather then Primary because the information already exists. This makes it easily accessible and will lower the costs of processing the data. Also, if Greggs looks at past secondary data, they could analyse it and it could alert them to future financial problems.

The main problem information is usually available to the public which includes competitors. The data is not specific to Greggs’s needs and may not be applicable at all. So both types of information are needed in good primary research. Greggs should find a balance between the two. Some types of information are more appropriate for certain purposes. For example, if Greggs wanted to find out about demand for a new product or services, primary data would be more appropriate. This is because they can actually ask the customers whether or not they would buy/use the product/service.

Secondary research may be able to tell Greggs about certain trends or patterns in the market, but it will not tell them directly whether there is a demand or not. Data can also be Quantitative or Qualitative. Greggs can improve their market research methods by choosing the appropriate types for certain tasks. Quantitative Typically numerical data. “Hard” data used to measure or quantify e. g. 10 people buy a.. Qualitative Attitudes, perceptions, beliefs, opinions. More complex data, sometimes called “Soft” data. Companies gain quantitative data through Sales fgures and government tatistics.

Greggs, for example, might want to look for trends in sales by analysing sales fgures, or gauge the external labour market by using Government statistics for unemployment etc. This data is represented numerically and has to be processed before used for decision making. This quantitative information is often used during market research when gathering information in huge quantities. It will then be processed and displayed in a chart or graphically, to make it more accessible for the user. It is a lot quicker to gather quantitative information than it is to gather ualitative information.

For example, if Greggs carry out a questionnaire, most of the questions should be designed to gather quantitative information. An example of a quantitative question is “Would you buy this product? ” or “How many times do you visit Greggs per week? “. This information is designed to be gathered on a large scale. Due to the quantitative nature of the questions, it needs to be carried out on a huge scale to get an accurate respresentation of the market. This can be difficult and expensive for Greggs, but if they want valid primary information this is what they ust do.

Greggs will collect qualitative data through interviews and focus groups. They might use this when dealing with people’s opinions and beliefs related to a new service they are offering or a new product development they are planning to release. This specific feedback will directly help Greggs make decisions regarding these new ventures. However, due to it being harder and slower to gather than quantitative information, Greggs will not be able to take information from large amounts of people. This increases the risk of bias in the feedback and may not accurately epresent the overall market.

This research cannot be carried out on a huge scale, due to the complex nature of the answers. For example, if an individual is giving a complex opinion, that answer is completely unique to that one person. If there is thousands of interviewees, each with their own answer to the question, it would be extremely hard to collect and then analyse. The risk of bias is increased due to the relatively small scale of the research, and the interviewees could be influenced by the into a table or spreadsheet. Greggs will need some sort of qualitative data, however.

Greggs must gather both types of information to get a good picture of the market, and to ensure the validity of the research. As said earlier, some types of research are more appropriate for certain aspects of market research. Greggs will need to use an effective mix of these types to gather valid research. For example, if Gregg wants to find out how much customers will pay for the product/service, they will need primary research. Secondary research is not appropriate because it does not gather from the actual target audience and it will not apply to Greggs.

After deciding on primary esearch, Greggs need to choose between quantitative and qualitative data. Qualitative data is beliefs, opinions and attitudes; so it is not appropriate for finding out the price that customers are prepared to pay. Quantitative is used when gathering large amount of information on a large scale, and is suitable for analysis using conventional methods e. g. Spreadsheets, charts. Quantitative is the ideal type of information for this research because it has all of the appropriate characteristics that Greggs require. So the information gathered for this question will be both

Primary and Quantitative. A situation where Greggs might need to gather qualitative information is when asking the question; “What do you think about the product? “. Obviously, this answer cannot be represented numerically. This is also hard to carry out on a large scale, because it is hard to analyse large amounts of complex information and opinions. This information cannot be analysed using conventional methods such as graphs and spreadsheets. The information gathered by this method will give Greggs exclusive access to research which is specific to Greggs.

Declaration of Independence writing an essay help: writing an essay help

My Declaration of Independence When a human was given a brain he/she was given the ability to use it. Since every human has one, every human can use it to make decision for their own welfare equally. In everyday life you will find that some people are bigger and/or better than you in certain fields. Also in everyday life people like to use their age for their own good. In a household of siblings there are certain advantages that are giving by age. Older siblings are aware of these advantages and abuse them to the fullest.

I believe that in households like that a child’s growth can be stunt permanently and, affect them in the long run. I personally hate being the youngest and I’m sure many others feel the same way. In households were parents are aware of the instability they should take action right away. Some parents aren’t aware of these things and let them slide by. These advantages cause many problems and may become fatal. I am tired of the disadvantages of being the youngest. They have taken all the good things I have for them selfs.

They have used out all the hot water and didn’t leave me any to have a good shower. They have eaten all the food I bought for myself. They have controlled the AC & radio in the car always. They have always taken the privilege of deciding where we eat. They have put the burden of chores in my hands. They have been given twice more allowance than me. They have been given first choice on things and given me leftovers. They have made fun of me endlessly. They have excluded me from fun games. They have hogged the bathroom all day long.

Multitasking rice supplement essay help: rice supplement essay help

Studies are being conducted to test the human brain to see if it can actually perform multiple tasks simultaneously. Multitasking has a positive side as well as a negative side to it. Being productive while working on multiple things at once can be a positive, however texting while driving can be one of the most dangerous actions in our world today. Multitasking has become a part of my everyday life, and has added a sense of productivity to my boring school days. Every morning I brush my teeth while I shower,

I do multiple subjects of homework simultaneously at night, and I am currently listening to music as I compose this essay. Multitasking has become essential for me to get all of my tasks done by the end of the day. Despite the dangerous things we do while behind the wheel of a car, I believe multitasking has proven to be a benefit to our society. Multitasking is changing my life everyday by keeping me on top of my school work and my religion all while remaining involved in my community. I have mastered multitasking.

Course notes Latin American studies free essay help online: free essay help online

Food is not rational. Food is culture, habit, craving and identity. All countries have a myriad of diverse ways to express their culture. In my homeland Colombia and my current home the United States there is a lot of divergence as well as resemblances The factors that create ones culture can range from religion, music and food. All cultures share the fact, that they take pride in pleasures and the forms of entertainment they enjoy. I believe one of the greatest cultural aspects in my homeland and as well as the United States, is food.

Some typical dishes in Colombia are tamales, arepas in all styles, empanadas, rice with chicken, beans, sancocho (hen soup) and coconut rice. In exchange, some traditional foods in America consist of pizza, hamburgers, chicken nuggets, french fries, corn, chicken pot pie, candy apples and more. The main difference is that in Colombia the majority of food is prepared from scratch, which in turn means that meal preparation takes significantly longer to follow our grandmothers old recipe on how to properly cook beans. In American culture, we conveniently buy precooked and packaged foods and quickly microwave them.

When we are really pressed for time, which is quite often considering the chaos of living the American dream, we turn to eating fast food. For example, in a Colombian household’s refridgerator, almost no pre-packaged Juice is maintained. For all meals, we freshly squeeze fruit to make natural Juices such as lulo, raspberry, guanabana and tamarind. However, here we easily pore a glass of orange Juice from a carton or make iced tea from processed sugar. Another example is mashed potatoes. In my country, one would boil the potatoes, mash it and the mix appropriate quantities of cheese, salt and butter.

While n American culture one can simply open up a box and heat it up the product while mixing it with milk. I believe this is very common because in Colombia many people own their properties such as farms where they cultivate and harvest food for immediate use. Supermarkets have easy access to farms and therefore it is not for long distance travel. This is also due to the lower economic system in Colombia. People cannot afford to eat out everyday and it would not benefit companies to spend money on chemicals and preservatives when people are accustomed to buying produce and meats for immediate use.

In other words, this is also a personal reference of how the nation chooses to eat their meals. Another factor that contributes to this is the fact that in a typical Colombian household there is usually one or two primary caregivers who work and provide the families financial needs or there is not enough work for both parents. It is more difficult to find occupations in Colombia due to that there are far less people that are educated past high school so that leaves less opportunities for Jobs and less overall income.

Although this is not a favorable trait for the country as a whole but the bright side to this is people live a more stress free life style because I believe he more one has the more they want and crave for. People are not upset with their quality of living and this also gives them more free time to share with their families and provides a sense of unity within the family. In the United States, chemicals and preservatives are used in the food industry in all food except for organic foods that are beginning to take rise because of the nation’s high obesity numbers.

Preservatives are necessary to maintain this way of life mainly because our foods are imported from other countries or are brought from different states and would rot without chemicals. Another reason we inject chemicals into foods are to improve their appearance. It is imperative for our society to use preservatives because most people live a fast pace life which may include working two or three Jobs and going to school or managing the life of your children while being a single mom.

It is important because most people do not have time to cook everyday or to buy groceries and people would starve or the food would be wasted. Also in the United States, single parents are becoming increasingly more common so they have to take on the responsibilities of cleaning, working, taking care of their children and often do not ave personal time, let alone time to cook everyday and that is were fast food becomes appealing because of it’s convenience to the average person living a fast pace lifestyle or as one might say living the “American dream. The United States and Colombia have many cultural differences that create their identity. The way of life in both countries correlates with how they cultivate and eat their meals on a daily basis. Both countries contribute positive and negative factors to their society that affects which foods they eat and is a reflection of how the country functions.

Mt. Gerabaldi college admission essay help: college admission essay help

Sydnie Fugate Period 4 Mt. Garibaldi Mount Garibaldi is a potentially active stratovolcano in the Sea to Sky County of British Columbia, 50m’ north of Vancouver, Canada. This volcano is located in the southernmost Coast Mountains. Also one of the most recognized peaks in the South Coast region, as well as British Columbia’s best known volcano. It lies within the Garibaldi Ranges of the Pacific Ranges. Mount Garibaldi takes up the southwest corner of Garibaldi Provincial Park overlooking the town of Squamish. It is the only volcano in North America known to have been formed upon a glacier. It is not considered part of the Cascade Range.

The height of Mount Garibaldi is 8,796′ (2,678m). If Mount Garibaldi were to erupt, the town of whistler and Squamish would be in danger, but it hasn’t erupted in a very long time. The last eruption was in 8051 BC. Mount Garibaldi began erupting about 250,000 years ago and has grown steadily since then. Like most of the Cascade volcanoes, it has its own origins in the Cascadia subduction zone; a long convergent plate boundary that stretches from mid- Vancouver Island to Northern California. The first European to see the mountain in 792, Captain George Vancouver, traded with the local natives in the area.

When skiing became popular in the 1940s, Vancouver skiers began to search the glaciers and rugged mountains within the park. Eventually in the year of 1944, a club of skiers completed the first ever ski of Mt. Garibaldi. Mount Garibaldi contains three main named peaks. The highest of course is the mountain itself, the second highest is Atwell Peak at the southern edge of the summit plateau, and the lowest of the three is the rounder Dalton Dome west of the highest summit. Two glaciers lie right below the east side of Atwell Peak. Straight north from

Atwell toward the mountain lays a small, high-elevation ice cap called the Cheekye Glacier. (Cheekye River) The steep northern edge of The Barrier in the Garibaldi area has partly collapsed several times. The most recent collapse was in 1855-56. Due to the collapse, a large boulder field was formed below it. In case of future collapsing of the mountain, the human activity. What makes this mountain so interesting is that Mount Garibaldi is associated with a group of small volcanoes that form the Garibaldi Lake volcanic field, (an area of the Earth’s crust that is prone to localized volcanic activity. ) *Map of Mt. Garibaldi*

Sentence and Following Generalizations cbest essay help: cbest essay help

Suzanne Britt believes that neat people are lazy, mean, petty, callous, wasteful, and insensitive. ” How would you respond to this statement? 2. Is the author’s main purpose to make fun of neat people, to assess the habits of neat and sloppy people, to help neat and sloppy people get along better, to defend sloppy people, to amuse and entertain, or to prove that neat people are morally inferior to sloppy people? Discuss. 3. What is meant by “as always” in the sentence “The distinction is, as always, moral” (Para. 1)?

Does the author seem to be suggesting that any and all distinctions between people are moral? 1 . What is the general tone of this essay? What words and phrases help you determine that tone? 2. Britt mentions no similarities between neat and sloppy people. Does that mean this is not a good comparison and contrast essay? Why might a writer deliberately focus on differences and give very little or no time to similarities?

Catcher in the Rye Duck Symbolism admission college essay help: admission college essay help

In J. D. Salinger’s The Catcher in the Rye, many symbols are employed. One of these symbols is the ducks in the Central Park lagoon, which represent many important virtues in the novel. These virtues are seen in the main character, Holden, a misunderstood kid who is angry at the world. However, the ducks demonstrate some of Holden’s better traits: his inclination to learn more about the world and his adoration of childhood. The symbolism of the ducks is developed in many ways. Salinger introduces that the ducks are significant by showing Holden’s further curiosity in them.

During the novel he asks his first cab driver if he “happen[s] to know where they go, the ducks, when it gets all frozen over? Do you happen to know, by any chance? ” (60). This same curiosity trails him later in the book when he questions a second cab driver. Later on, Salinger associates the ducks determination to overcome the adverse environment with Holden’s understanding of his own situation. Much like Holden’s life, the environment the ducks live in is constantly changing and they have to learn to adapt to their new environment relatively quickly.

However, a more key point in the novel is when Salinger displays Holden’s emotions. He arrives drunk at the park to find to his dismay that the ducks are not there. As a result, he sits there pondering suicide, mainly because of the influence they have on him. With his sudden awareness of the fragility of life by his brother, Allie’s death: He is very scared of change and disappearance. Thus, Salinger introduces how the ducks are symbolic in another way.. The ducks display the idea that some vanishings are only temporary.

In addition, they symbolize that change is recurring, not permanent. This is proven when the ducks disappear every winter yet return to the same place every spring. This thought arouses Holden’s curiosity once again about where the ducks actually go during winter. Salinger contrasts his depressed and angry depiction with a sincere, more childlike side to his character. This connects to the ducks because Holden shows care towards the ducks, where in contrast, he pays little attention to many things in the story.

This is a very notable moment in the story since Holden evidently has very little ambition in many other aspects of his life. In addition to the strong comparison between the lives of Holden and the ducks, they also represent his relationship with his family. His fear is that he may be unable to ssimilate smoothly back into his family. This is embodied in Holden’s communication with his sister Phoebe, and the way he writes about her. Along with this Salinger highlights Holden’s curiosity once again, nonetheless, this time it is more anxiety than curiosity.

Holden asks, “Well, you know the ducks that swim around in it? In the springtime and all? Do you happen to know where they go in the wintertime, by any chance? ” (81-82). Salinger uses diction to characterize Holden’s worry moreover, when his parents discover his expulsion from Pency Prep. All of this symbolism is very effective in representing Salinger’s themes in the novel. They provide us with good examples of a struggling kid and his unique dependence on something that would otherwise be meaningless.

The ducks situation with their struggle to survive the harsh environment, having to leave for winter, correlates with Holden’s own internal idea that although things might not always be better, he will be better. Salinger’s ability to incorporate so many symbols in the novel creates a very clear main theme. He uses the idea that some vanishings are only temporary, much like the ducks when they leave for winter. This is to contrast that innocence is such a pure and significant art of life that only exists temporarily. This relates to Holden’s curiosity throughout the novel.

A Midsummers Night Dream Analysis essay help writing: essay help writing

Elizabeth l, is given a positive critique by the playwright evident throughout the text. Beginning the in the first act gender roles are defined by Thesues, Duke of Athens. As the play unravels it becomes evident that Hermia has no interest in wedding with her arraigned suitor, Demetrius. When Egeus complains to the Duke of Athens about his daughters reluctance to obey, the Duke responds: What say you, Hermia? Be advised fair maid. To you your father should be as a god, One that composed your beauties, yea, and one To whom you are but as a form in wax By him imprinted, and within his power

To leave the figure or disfigure it. (1. 1. 46-51). This excerpt shows that women lack power and are the possessions of their fathers. Hermia must obey her father and refrain from relishing out against him. In Hermia’s case she has far too much courage to obey her fathers orders. Hermia’s strength is shown yet again in act one she inquires into the consequences of not listening to her father. Theseus states, “either to die the death, or to abjure for ever the society of men” (1. 1. 65-66). Hermia must listen to these orders or suffer the consequences of death or permanent chastity.

Despite these consequences, Hermia protests: So I will grow, so live, so die, my lord Ere I will yield my virgin patent up Unto his lordship whose unwished yoke My soul consents not to give sovereignty (1. 1. 79-82). Hermia would rather wilt away then give her virginity to someone she does not love. Later, in a conversation between Hermia and her love Lysander she expresses her willingness to flea Athens in pursuit of love: I swear to thee by Cupid’s strongest bow. By his best arrow with the golden head… By all the vows that ever men have broke In number more than ever women spoke

In that same place thou hast appointed me Tomorrow truly will I meet with thee (1. 1 . 169-178) an effort to be with her preferred partner. While some may contest this excerpt shows her being submissive to Lysander, Hermia still shows valor, a trait Helena clearly lacked. Despite Hermia and Helena being friends since their youth, their character complexes are vastly distinct in that Helena is far more submissive and representative of the gender roles of the late 16th century than the fearless Hermia. Helena displays desperation for Demestrius in addition to her submissiveness in the following passage:

I am your spaniel, and Demetrius, The more you beat me I will fawn on you. Use me but as your spaniel: spurn me, strike me, Neglect me, lose me; only give me leave, Unworthy as I am, to follow you. (2. 1. 203-207) This passage shows Helena begging for Demetrius to love her in return. Helena has no self worth or confidence as she refers to herself as a dog or treat her in any way that Demetrius would like and she would not have a problem with anything, for she is completely submissive to him. Later in the act, Helena states: Your wrongs do set a scandal on my sex We cannot fght for love as men may do

We should be wooed, and were not made to woo (2. 1. 24(:)-243) This passage shows Helena speaking to Lysander in a submissive tone stating that women cannot fight for love the way men do and that women were not made to pursue. The passage is a clearly admission of sub-ordinance in regards to women being less than men, at least in Helena’s eyes. In reference to Elizabeth I the sovereign during the time the play was first written and performed. Shakespeare provides a positive critique when Oberon says the following to Titania: That very time I saw, but thou couldst not, Flying between the cold moon and the earth,

Cupid, all armed. A certain aim he took At a fair vestal throned by the west, And loosed his love-shaft smartly from his bow As it should pierce a hundred thousand hearts. But I might see young Cupid’s fiery shaft Quenched in the chaste beams of the wat’ry moon, And the imperial vot’ress passed on, In maiden meditation, fancy-free. (2. 1. 155-163) Here Oberon is speaking to Titania but it can be reasoned that Shakespeare is alluding to Queen Elizabeth l. He protests her as a strong woman that won’t succumb to cupid’s arrow. Oberon praises her devotion to the throne and chastity. Elizabeth I

Elizabeth I because it shows a woman acting autonomously and not under the control ofa man. A Midsummer Night’s Dream is rich in contextual overview of the times in 16th century England. A female monarch ruled at a time when women were legally bound to obedience and their marriages were predetermined. Shakespeare showed however that women could be Just as brave as men or incredibly submissive, which was shown through Hermia and Helena. While some women at the time succumbed to the belief that they were to become wives and mothers, others chose to act autonomously such as Elizabeth I, who Shakespeare honored in the play.

Allegory of the cave narrative essay help: narrative essay help

How would it feel to be chained down in one room in one place without being able to move the head and all you can see is a wall? Plato realizes that the general run of humankind can think and speak without any awareness of his realm of forms. His “Allegory of the cave” explains this in details. Allegory is referred to as a figure of language which can be expressed in pictures, sculptures, or any other form of art. In the allegory, Plato likens people untutored in the theory of forms to prisoners chained in a cave, unable to turn their heads.

All they can see is the wall and behind them burns a fire. Between the fire and the prisoners, who are chained down, there is a parapet, along which puppeteers can walk. The puppeteers, who are behind the prisoners, hold up puppets that cast shadows on the wall of the cave. The prisoners cannot see or hear these puppets, the real objects that pass behind them. All they see and hear are shadows and echoes cast by objects that they cannot see. All the prisoners would think, what they see on the wall is a reality. They do not know nything about the outside world.

Being tied down at one place without being able to move your head is no Joke. It is hardest thing to do for any human being. These prisoners have stayed that way for their whole life. I cannot even imagine myself being one of them. All you are seeing on the wall are shadows. Plato asked to consider what would happen if the prisoner was released from their chain and set free. That prisoner would be forced to have to stand up, walk upright, and walk with his eyes directed towards the light. All these movements would be painful to said prisoner.

The prisoner would also be dazzled by all that existed in this “outside world” to notice what objects had been making the illusions and shadows all along. If someone told him that what he had formerly had seen was a meaningless illusion and was actually now nearer to reality then before, it would be extremely difficult for the prisoner to believe. If someone actually showed him the various objects being carried and told what each of them was, the prisoner would be perplexed and would robably believe that most of the objects shown to him were not real and what he formerly saw was.

What would happen if the prisoner had to look at the firelight itself? According to Plato, the prisoner’s eyes would ache and he would try to escape to the things he could see clearly. The prisoner would then be convinced that they were clearer than those other objects being shown to him. The prisoner would have to get familiar with objects before he could see things in the “upper world. ” It would be easier to start with small, viewing things such as shadows and reflections before e viewed more difficult images such as that of sky, the light of the moon, and the stars.

Then, prisoner can move onto view the sun and consider its existence. Getting out of the cave after living your whole life tied down to one place would be very tough and see the real world. What they saw on the wall is what they believed. Now getting out and seeing real things would be hard to believe. Their reality was the shadows they saw on the wall. I cannot imagine anyone I know or myself living the life that the prisoners have lived. “Allegory of the cave” By maipate191

English Notes college essay help los angeles: college essay help los angeles

An ellipsis is a series of three dots, used to create a pause in thinking or, when quoting, to omit information. The deliberate omission of a word or words readily implied by context. Examples: The man looked above … all he could see were three black silhouettes against the bright blue sky. When the man looked above he couldn’t quite believe what he … In the anime world, Naruto is a hero; Goku, a legend. saw . Enjambment (poetic element): Enjambment is the breaking of a syntactic unit (a phrase, clause, or sentence) by the end of a line or between two verses.

It is to be ontrasted with end-stopping, where each linguistic unit corresponds with a single line, and caesura, in which the linguistic unit ends mid-line. ‘Don’t Ask Me, Love, For That First Love’ shows enjambment in its various strengths; the second line, ending at the same time as the sentence, is completely end-stopped I am not prone to weeping, as our sex Commonly are; they want of which vain dew Perchance shall dry your pities; but I have That honorable grief lodged here which burns Worse than tears drown.

Meaning flows as the lines progress, and the reader’s eye is forced to go on to the next sentence. It can also make the reader feel uncomfortable or the poem feel like “flow-of-thought” with a sensation of urgency or disorder. Epigram: The Epigram is expressed in various ways: A. In the Epigrammatic style. It now refers to a style marked by point and brevity. It does not necessarily involve contrast. B. Emphatic assertion. “What I have written, I have written. ” C. Indirect or concealed statement. A kind of mingling of literal and figurative. D. Punning E.

Paradox “Arguments are to be avoided; they are always vulgar and often convincing. ” (Oscar Wilde) “No one is completely unhappy at the failure of his best friend. (Groucho Marx) successive clauses. Also known as epiphora. Contrast with anaphora (rhetoric). When I was a child, I spoke as a child; I understood as a child, I thought as a child: but when I became a man, I put away childish things. “Then I’ll be all aroun’ in the dark. I’ll be ever’where – wherever you look. Wherever they’s a fght so hungry people can eat, I’ll be there. Wherever they’s a cop beatin’ up a guy, I’ll be there…..

An’ when our folk eat the stuff they raise an’ live in the houses they build – why, I’ll be there” – John Steinbeck Euphemism: The substitution of an inoffensive term (such as “passed away”) for one onsidered offensively explicit (“died”). Contrast with dysphemism. Adjective “The economic classification recession was actually invented in 1937 when the economy was back in the toilet but FDR didn’t want to call it a depression. And the description depression first surfaced during the Hoover administration, a substitute for a more vivid but disconcerting term of art: panic. Dan Foreman: Guys, I feel very terrible about what I’m about to say. But I’m afraid you’re both being let go. Lou: Let go? What does that mean? Dan Foreman: It means you’re being fired, Louie. Figurative Language: Whenever you describe something by comparing it with omething else, you are using fgurative language. Examples: Similes, metaphor, personification, alliteration Busy as a bee- Simile My teddy bear gave me a big warm hug! – Personification Hyperbole Overstatement: A figure of speech (a form of irony) in which exaggeration is used for emphasis or effect; an extravagant statement. A contrast with understatement.

Examples: “l was helpless. I did not know what in the world to do. I was quaking from head to foot, and could have hung my hat on my eyes, they stuck out so far. ” (Mark Twain, “Old Times on the Mississippi”) “l bent over and took hold of the room with both hands and spun it. When I had it nicely spinning I gave it a full swing and hit myself on the back of the head with the floor. ” with which it is closely associated (such as “crown” for “royalty”). Metonymy is also the rhetorical strategy of describing something indirectly by referring to things around it, as in describing someone’s clothing to characterize the individual. In a corner, a cluster of lab coats made lunch plans. ” (Karen Green, Bough Down. Siglio, 2013) “Fear gives wings. ” (Romanian proverb) Motif: A motif is something that has symbolic importance to a story. Often times this object or idea is brought up several times in a book. Examples: In Death of a Salesman, a play by Arthur Miller, the constant talk about Alaska and path less traveled by the protagonist Willy Loman, is about how his father found success in Alaska while he stayed in Brooklyn. In Catcher in the Rye, by the late J. D.

Salinger, would be the fact that the protagonist Holden Caulfield is searching for a partner in life, as he lives alone. The fact that he is alone is brought up time and time again in the book, when he calls former girls he knew, or talks to classmates that he did not like, but Just needed to talk to. His loneliness is a driving force inside the book to examine his separation of himself and he world. Onomatopoeia : The use of words (such as hiss or murmur) that imitate the sounds associated with the objects or actions they refer to. Examples: “Chug, chug, chug. Puff, puff, puff. Ding-dong, ding-dong.

A Better Optician for Better Service and for a Better Future gp essay help: gp essay help

It will help s getting used to the working the environment in the future. What do the opticians do? “Opticians are health professionals trained to supply, prepare and dispense optical appliances, interpret prescriptions prepared by ophthalmologists and optometrist, and fit, adjust and adapt optical appliances” (College of Opticians of Ontario). ln other words, the optician can provide, fit and adjust contact lenses and eye glasses who has abnormal vision. In Ontario, required opticians to complete formal training and education in opticianary and then must pass competency exam prior to receive license.

And the opticians are regulated and registered by the College of Opticians of Ontario(COO). Also the college has a responsibility under the opticians act, 1991 and governed under the regulated health professions act, 1991. The college serves and protects the public interest and association protects and serves the opticians. As we know, opticians may work in any variety of environments such as joint practice, hospitals, manufactures, lab eye care centers, optometrist or ophthalmologist clinic and even own the retail store.

Our duty Talking about the duty and responsibility, opticians have many of duties to the ood service, tell clients what it is the procedure we are going to do, ask for the client’s consent before we do and don’t assume they can or can’t afford the money and always present more than one lens and material to meet the patient needs. Being a member of profession also means that opticians have a duty to be polite and work with fellow practitioners like optometrist and ophthalmologist to serve the better way for patients and remember don’t prescribe the prescription, disease and treatment for patients.

All of us need to do is trying to coordinate and cooperate with ptometrist and ophthalmologist and care of patients whenever possible. The code of ethics Furthermore, the code of ethics include being honest at all time, respecting the confidentiality of clients and allowing patient to make informed choices as to their health care. This is the minimum goal and ideals opticians must do to avoid discipline. And also we should be following professional standards which to practice safely, effectively and professionally. Be care of making mistake on professional misconduct, incompetence and incapacity.

Having an adequate knowledge, skill and udgment, using the proper tools and machines to measure the eyeglasses or contact lenses and good communication with clients make sure we did the right Judgment and assessment for them. It is the better way to provide the suitable frame, lenses and service. Standards of Practice Every college has their scope of practice, it is called SOP. There have six steps for the standards: “Standard 1 : Competence, Standard 2: Professional Conduct, Standard 3: Fitting of Appropriate Optical Devices, Standard 4: Safety and the Practice Environment, Standard 5: Infection Control, Standard 6: Records” (College of

Opticians of Ontario). Standard 1 :Competence Every optician has responsible for maintain the competence. Each one should have sufficient education and experience to perform competently and safely. Nevertheless graduated from school and got the license, that need to through the continuing education every year to maintain and enhance knowledge and learn more information. The optician will assist patients to find the necessary professional help and determinate that appropriate solution. Standard 2:Professional Conduct “The optician shall meet the ethical and legal requirement of professional practice. College of Opticians of Ontario). We should play the rules in accordance with Regulated Health Profession Act, 1991 ,the Opticianry Act, 1991, Human Right Code and regulations, by laws and standards of practice of the college of Opticians of Ontario. Standard 3:The optician should fit , prepare and dispense appropriate patient evaluation, lens details and tools. Patient evaluation includes the prescription that must contain the name of doctor, patient’s name, patient’s prescription and the date of examination.

The optician must have a duplication in the patient’s file and retain at least six years. Also optician must inform their patients that have eye tested regularly. Optician should know well about the lens and choose the proper tools to fit the eyeglasses or contact lens and maintain them in good working and standard condition. Standard 4:Each optician to ensure that practice site be equipped and maintained. Every procedure are in the place and assure health and safety environment for both patients and staff.

The god of small things Book review essay help 123: essay help 123

The God of Small Things: Book Review The God of Small Things is a heart-rending story about the Indian fraternal twins, Rahil and Estha, who learn that their whole world can change in a day. It is a story about love ” namely, the “laws of love. ” Estha and Rahel along with their Ammu (mother) live in their maternal grandparents’ house in Ayemenem following Ammu’s divorce. Ammu works in the familys pickle factory in spite of which she and her kids are denied any rights, let alone love, by her Oxford returned brother Chacko who onsiders them nothing less than millstones around his neck.

The story goes further when Chacko’s ex-wife Margaret brings their daughter Sophie to Ayemenem on a visit from London. The ill-fated visit ends in the demise of Sophie for which Estha and Rahel have to pay a heavy price. The kids are the victims as they are snatched of their childhood, their happiness sought in small things. The story reveals historys cruel way of taking revenge at people who break the Love Laws. Arundhati Roy is gifted in the art of language. The book has its own unique language with rhythmical analogies o every situation that is a completely lyrical experience until the last page.

Shifts in different places and times create suspense and keep readers attracted. The text is very poetic and descriptive. Roy mainly uses foreshadowing to tell her story. The reader knows ” to an extent ” what happened from the beginning of the story. The details are unknown, but it is safe to assume there will be unfortunate events. That is what is special about her writing style. The rest of the novel is the story unfolding through the eyes of a child. Roy also repeats various parts that may be confusing, in a ifferent manner later in the book.

A few points in politics are included in the novel, but the main focus is on the Love Laws, which indicate who can love whom. The story speaks of castes in India, which are “ranks” of civilians, where only members of the same caste can love each other. If the Love Laws are disobeyed, there will be consequences. The poetic quality of the novel should be appraised. Certain phrases, sentences or paragraphs were written in a rhythm, unlike most other novels. The storyline is very dark, showing the suffering in the lower castes of India.

The nnocent are often blamed and they are easily punished from an accusation of the higher class. The population in the lower castes seems hopeless; they will never be able to climb the ladder in society. In the novel, a low-class servant was beat to death by the police after being falsely accused of murder. The story is told from Estha’s point of view and can be intended for any audience. Estha talks about the story as an adult who has reunited with his twin. The story frequently changes the time to Estha’s childhood, where he recalls exactly what had happened.

However, it an be slightly confusing due to the usage of phrases and terms of another language. I did not find the storyline to be very fascinating, but I do appreciate her writing style. Although this was her only novel, she demonstrated how to write great literature. The reader will be able to follow the pace easily, and will soon realize the have already sensed that the twins will separate and their family will have terrible misfortune without reading half way into the novel. Although The God of Small Things is not one of my favourites, I still recommend this book because her writing tyle deserves to be praised.

Life is not always tied neatly in a bow, but some people do adapt and flourish despite the many dilemmas. These become life experiences that are truly endless and unforgettable. Betrayal, endurance, and sacrifice are concepts that humans deal with on a daily basis. It is not random chance that people develop qualities of confidence, motivation, and endurance; it is merely due to what one faces. In the novel, And the Mountains Echoed, Khalid Hosseini, represents a different character’s perspective nd story which provides a connection with the others by the idea of how difficult it is to make decisions and how they can impact one’s life.

These pieces, representing the story of each character, of the whole puzzle are the echoes of an old story during the pre-Soviet era. The experiences of many central characters bring them to self- awareness and personal enlightenment based on the betrayal that the figures face as the onset of tragedy, the endurance to survive from the situation, and the difficult choices of sacrifice that they make in order to protect their loved ones.

I’ll Follow you into the dark college essay help: college essay help

I’ll Follow You Into the Dark – Extra Credit When I was in third grade I remember my teacher, Mrs. Cindy telling us that by the end of the week she would be choosing someone to be a line leader. I was extremely excited, to me being a leader would be such an honor, and Just the word itself sparked a sense of want and all the pleasant words I had then associated with “leader” floated around in my mind like courage, integrity, passion and sincerity. I wanted to be a leader.

At that time I had no specific reason as to why; I had Just been taught that being a leader was a good thing, not Just by my parents but also through ocialization and society. However now my mindset is not that of a third grader and words have completely changed their meaning, like leader, I do not want to be a leader anymore. There seems to be more leaders out there with bad intentions than pure ones and each leader we have had and currently have, fall into one of the following categories.

There are leaders only in it for profit, for the glory and power, and then finally, to guide people in a right path. Human Geographers believe that Africa was meant to be the richest continent in the world because of its bundance in high value resources however Africa is a third world country and that is mainly because of the corrupt leaders it has had in the past and now. For example, Laurent Gabagbo, the former president of the Ivory Coast, he was involved with swindling money from his people and many human rights violation.

When the democratic nation tried to kick him out, it was almost impossible because he had so much wealth and support from other wealthy and powerful people, letting the common man suffer under is rule. Money really is the root of all evil, it brings out the orst and inhumane in people and I am sure we can all find an example of a selfish, greedy leader in every country right now. Why do you think revolutions sparked and spread so quickly in the Arab springs last year? Greed- people were left starving in Egypt while the president had a penthouse in France, which reminds, do you guys remember Marie Antoinette and Louis WI?

They had lavish parties and lived a luxurious and high life while their people were starving on the streets and dying every day. We need leaders, rulers and president who would be willing to work and ead and guide nations for free, with no monetary profit, who would be good leaders just because it is the right thing to do. The HBO show the “Game of Thrones” is an extremely popular period-themes show that I even watch it myself presents multiple dynamic types of leaders to its audience.

Many people including me like it because of all the politics involved, even though it is set in medieval times the political scene very much parallels ours showing us that reasons why people want to be leaders have and will always be the same. In the show one of the bad people fghting for the throne was asked why he anted to lead the seven kingdoms he simple said for Legacy. He said that the fame and glory and honor was all he wanted, not the riches, because when you die so do the riches, but the glory and power associated with your name lives on.

The man also had a son in which he passed down his beliefs to but the son had exaggerated the and leaders are the most dangerous because no amount of power will ever be enough for them. You have seen this in the pas with empires, for example, the great Mughal Empire, the Ottoman Empire, and Roman Empire, they kept expanding anting to be bigger and more powerful. They got a high from being on top and telling others what to do; it even amazes and excites them when people do anything for them at the snap of a finger.

To be honest we all want that, we all want some power over someone or something (like a mother wanting power over her children) but to some degree, there is a fine line and when leaders dramatically pass it, oppression is inevitable. Only a fool would think that there are no bad people in this world or bad leaders like the ones I provided you with above but an even greater fool would think there re no good leaders or good in this world. Because there are some people who are born leaders, who want to help and lead people in the right path, who want to use their skills and knowledge to enlighten and guide people.

Martin Luther King Jr. was one for example; he led a strong civil rights movement which gave many African Americans a voice, hope and rights in a time when they were being horribly discriminated against. Or Akbar the Great, the first Muslim emperor who taught his people the purity and righteousness in religious tolerance towards the Hindus and ll other people of different backgrounds; and finally, Nelson Mandela, a persevering leader who ended the apartheid in South Africa.

I truly believe that people are initially born good, with pure and clean hearts, so I believe there are more kind- hearted and rightful leaders than corrupt ones; it is Just a matter of supporting the good ones and kicking out the bad. We all have a choice and we all have a voice. I am not the same girl I used to be when I was in third grade but who I am in the core is the same, I still see the good in being a leader and leader but I am Just not as naive as I was before.

Essay Writing at Profs Only

5.0 rating based on 10,001 ratings

Rated 4.9/5
10001 review

Review This Service


Leave a Comment

Your email address will not be published.